Fixes for NetBSD (Bug#4629, Bug#2072).
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob1eacf8d68971f969bf6ec98699f86dcd52aa07b8
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19259 35392))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19259 35392))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19259 35392))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (19259 35392))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19259 35392))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19259
125 ;;;;;; 35392))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19259 35392))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19259 35392))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (19259 35393))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19259 35393))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19259 35393))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19259 35393))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19259 35393))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19259 35393))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19259 35393))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19259
1049 ;;;;;; 35393))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19259 35393))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19259
1141 ;;;;;; 35393))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19259
1348 ;;;;;; 35393))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19259 35394))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1487 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1488 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1489 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1490 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1491 save the buffer too.
1493 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1495 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1497 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1498 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1499 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1500 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1501 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1502 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1504 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1505 directory or directories specified.
1507 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1509 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1511 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1513 \(fn)" nil nil)
1515 ;;;***
1517 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1518 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1519 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19259 35394))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1522 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1523 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1525 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1526 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1527 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1528 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1529 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1533 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1534 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1536 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1537 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 \(fn)" nil nil)
1541 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1542 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1543 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1545 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1546 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1547 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1548 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1549 reflected in the current buffer.
1551 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1552 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1553 writing before you save the file!
1555 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1560 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1562 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1563 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 \(fn)" nil nil)
1567 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1568 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1569 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1571 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1572 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1574 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1576 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1577 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1578 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1579 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1581 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1582 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1583 to revert a particular buffer.
1585 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1586 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1587 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1588 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1589 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1591 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1592 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1593 specifies in the mode line.
1595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1597 ;;;***
1599 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1600 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19259 35394))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1603 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1604 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1605 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1609 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1611 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1612 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1613 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1614 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1616 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1617 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1618 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1620 Effects of the different modes:
1621 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1622 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1623 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1624 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1625 a random distance & direction.
1626 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1627 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1628 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1630 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1632 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1633 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1634 definition of \"random distance\".)
1636 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1638 ;;;***
1640 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1641 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1642 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1643 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1645 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1646 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1647 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1648 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1650 \(fn)" t nil)
1652 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1653 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1654 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1657 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1659 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1661 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1662 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1663 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1664 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1665 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1666 seconds.
1668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1670 ;;;***
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1673 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19259 35394))
1674 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1676 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1677 Time execution of FORMS.
1678 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1679 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1680 FORMS once.
1681 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1682 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1683 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1685 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1687 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1688 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1689 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1690 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1691 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1693 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1695 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1696 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1697 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1698 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1699 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1701 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1703 ;;;***
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1706 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19259 35394))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1709 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1710 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1711 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1712 of corresponding buffers.
1713 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1714 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1715 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1716 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1717 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1718 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1720 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1722 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1723 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1725 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1727 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1728 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1729 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1730 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1732 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1733 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1734 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1735 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1736 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1738 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1739 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1742 Special information:
1744 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1746 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1747 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1748 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1749 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1750 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1751 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1752 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1753 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1755 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1756 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1758 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1759 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1760 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1761 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1762 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1763 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1764 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1765 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1767 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1769 ----------------------------------------------------------
1770 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1771 if that value is non-nil.
1773 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1775 \(fn)" t nil)
1777 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1778 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1779 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1780 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1781 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1782 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1783 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1784 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1785 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1786 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1788 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1790 ;;;***
1792 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1793 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode))
1797 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1798 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1805 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1806 ;;;;;; (19259 35394))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1809 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1811 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1812 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1813 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1815 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1817 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1818 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1822 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1823 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1825 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1827 ;;;***
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19259
1830 ;;;;;; 35394))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1833 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1834 Play blackbox.
1835 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1837 What is blackbox?
1839 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1840 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1841 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1842 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1843 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1844 your score.
1846 Overview of play:
1848 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1849 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1850 four.
1852 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1853 movement keys.
1855 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1856 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1858 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1859 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1861 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1862 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1863 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1864 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1865 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1866 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1868 Details:
1870 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1872 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1873 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1874 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1875 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1877 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1878 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1879 denoted by the letter `R'.
1881 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1882 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1883 denoted by the letter `H'.
1885 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1886 example.
1888 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1889 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1890 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1891 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1892 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1893 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1894 ray.
1896 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1897 degree deflection it causes.
1900 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1903 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1910 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1911 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1924 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1925 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1926 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1927 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1928 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1929 emerging from the box.
1931 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1938 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1943 a reflection.
1945 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1947 ;;;***
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1950 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1951 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1953 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19259 35395))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1955 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1956 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1959 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1960 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1961 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1962 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1963 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1964 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1965 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1967 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1968 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1969 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1971 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1972 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1973 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1974 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1975 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1976 recent one.
1978 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1979 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1980 yank successive words.
1982 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1983 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1984 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1985 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1986 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1988 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1989 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1990 the list of bookmarks.)
1992 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1995 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1996 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1997 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1998 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1999 this.
2001 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2002 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2003 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2004 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2006 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2007 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2009 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2010 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2011 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2018 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2020 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2021 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2022 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2024 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2025 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2026 after a bookmark was set in it.
2028 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2032 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2034 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2035 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2039 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2041 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2042 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2043 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2044 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2046 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2048 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2049 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2050 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2052 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2053 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2054 name.
2056 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2059 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2060 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2062 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2063 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2064 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2065 this.
2067 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2069 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2070 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2071 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2073 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2074 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2075 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2076 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2077 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2078 probably because we were called from there.
2080 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2082 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2083 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2084 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2086 \(fn)" t nil)
2088 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2089 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2090 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2091 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2092 \(second argument).
2094 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2095 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2096 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2097 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2098 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2100 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2101 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2102 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'.
2105 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2107 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2108 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2109 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2110 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2111 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2112 while loading.
2114 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2115 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2116 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2117 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2118 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2119 explicitly.
2121 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2122 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2123 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2124 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2126 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2128 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2129 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2130 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2131 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2132 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2136 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2138 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2141 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2145 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2147 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2149 ;;;***
2151 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2160 ;;;;;; (19259 35395))
2161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2163 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2164 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2165 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2166 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2168 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2169 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2170 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2171 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2172 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2174 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2176 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2177 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2179 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2181 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2182 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2184 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2187 Not documented
2189 \(fn)" nil nil)
2191 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2192 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2193 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2194 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2195 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2196 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2198 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2202 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2203 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2204 narrowed.
2206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2209 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2211 \(fn)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2216 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2220 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2223 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2227 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2228 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2232 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2233 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2234 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2235 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2236 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2237 to use.
2239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2241 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2242 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2243 Default to the URL around or before point.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2247 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2251 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2253 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2254 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2258 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2260 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2261 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2263 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2264 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2265 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2266 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2269 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2270 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2280 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2282 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2283 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2284 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2285 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2288 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2289 new tab in an existing window instead.
2291 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2292 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2297 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2298 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2299 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2300 Firefox.
2302 When called interactively, if variable
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2304 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2305 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2309 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2310 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2312 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2313 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2315 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2316 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2317 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2319 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2320 URL in a new window.
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2335 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2336 new tab in an existing window instead.
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2346 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2349 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2350 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2351 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2355 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2356 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2368 program is invoked according to the variable
2369 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point.
2385 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2386 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2387 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2389 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2390 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2391 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2392 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2394 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2395 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2405 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2414 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2415 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2424 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2430 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2431 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2432 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2436 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2437 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2444 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2445 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2446 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2447 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2448 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2449 current one.
2451 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2452 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2453 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2464 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2465 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2466 don't offer a form of remote control.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around the point.
2480 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2481 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2483 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2484 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 ;;;***
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19259
2491 ;;;;;; 35395))
2492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2494 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2495 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2497 \(fn)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2500 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2502 \(fn)" nil nil)
2504 ;;;***
2506 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2507 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19259 35395))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2511 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2518 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2525 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2530 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2531 \\<bs-mode-map>
2532 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2533 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2534 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2535 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2537 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2538 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2539 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2540 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2541 name of buffer configuration.
2543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2545 ;;;***
2547 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19259 35395))
2548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2550 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2551 Play Bubbles game.
2552 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2553 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2554 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2555 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2556 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2557 columns on its right towards the left.
2559 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2560 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2561 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2562 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2566 ;;;***
2568 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2569 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19259 35395))
2570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2572 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2574 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2575 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2579 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2580 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2584 ;;;***
2586 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2587 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2588 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2589 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2590 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2591 ;;;;;; (19259 35395))
2592 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2593 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2594 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2595 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2596 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2598 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2599 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2601 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2603 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2604 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2605 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2606 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2607 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2608 else the global value will be modified.
2610 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2612 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2613 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2614 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2615 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2616 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2617 else the global value will be modified.
2619 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2621 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2622 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2623 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2625 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2627 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2628 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2629 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2630 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2632 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2633 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2634 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2635 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2636 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2637 before scanning it.
2639 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2640 that already has a `.elc' file.
2642 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2643 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2645 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2646 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2647 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2648 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2649 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2650 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2652 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2655 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2656 Print the result in the echo area.
2657 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2662 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2663 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2665 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2667 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2668 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2669 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2670 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2671 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2672 all functions called by those functions.
2674 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2675 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2676 cons, etc.).
2678 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2679 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2680 invoked interactively.
2682 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2685 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2686 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2687 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2689 \(fn)" nil nil)
2691 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2692 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2693 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2694 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2695 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2696 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2697 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2698 already up-to-date.
2700 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2702 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2703 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2704 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2705 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2707 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2708 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2709 and corresponding effects.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2713 ;;;***
2715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19259
2716 ;;;;;; 35396))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2719 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2721 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2723 ;;;***
2725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19259 35396))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2728 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2730 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2732 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2734 ;;;***
2736 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2737 ;;;;;; (19259 35396))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2740 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2741 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2742 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2743 from the cursor position.
2745 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2747 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2749 ;;;***
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2752 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2753 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19259
2754 ;;;;;; 35395))
2755 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2756 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2758 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2759 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2764 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2766 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2768 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2769 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2771 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2774 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2776 \(fn)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2779 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2780 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2781 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2783 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2785 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2786 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2787 This is most useful in the X window system.
2788 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2789 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2791 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2793 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2794 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2795 See calc-keypad for details.
2797 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2799 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2800 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2802 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2805 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2807 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2810 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2812 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2814 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2815 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2816 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2818 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2820 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2821 Define Calc function.
2823 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2824 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2825 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2827 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2828 actual Lisp function name.
2830 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2832 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2834 ;;;***
2836 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19259
2837 ;;;;;; 35396))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2840 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2841 Run the Emacs calculator.
2842 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2844 \(fn)" t nil)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19259
2849 ;;;;;; 35396))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2852 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2853 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2854 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2855 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2856 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2857 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2859 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2860 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2861 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2862 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2863 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2864 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2865 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2866 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2867 window.
2869 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2870 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2872 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2873 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2874 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2875 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2876 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2877 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2879 Runs the following hooks:
2881 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2882 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2883 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2884 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2886 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2890 ;;;***
2892 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2893 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19259 35397))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2896 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2897 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2899 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2902 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2903 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2904 it fails.
2906 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2911 ;;;;;; (19259 35397))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2914 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2915 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2917 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2918 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2919 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2920 restriction to ASCII.
2922 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2924 capitalizedWorDD
2925 ^ ^ ^^
2927 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2928 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2929 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2931 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2932 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2933 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2934 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2935 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2936 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2937 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2939 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2940 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2944 ;;;***
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19259
2947 ;;;;;; 35397))
2948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2949 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2951 ;;;***
2953 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2954 ;;;;;; (19259 35397))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2957 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2958 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2960 \(fn)" nil nil)
2962 ;;;***
2964 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2965 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19259 35397))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2969 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2970 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2971 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2972 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2973 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2974 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2975 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2977 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2979 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2980 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2984 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2985 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2986 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2987 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2988 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2990 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2991 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2992 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2993 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2994 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2995 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2997 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2999 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3000 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3002 Key bindings:
3003 \\{c-mode-map}
3005 \(fn)" t nil)
3007 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3008 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3010 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3011 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3012 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3013 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3014 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3015 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3016 message.
3018 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3020 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3021 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3023 Key bindings:
3024 \\{c++-mode-map}
3026 \(fn)" t nil)
3028 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3029 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3030 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3032 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3033 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3034 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3035 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3036 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3037 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3038 message.
3040 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3042 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3043 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3045 Key bindings:
3046 \\{objc-mode-map}
3048 \(fn)" t nil)
3050 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3051 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3052 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3054 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3055 Major mode for editing Java code.
3056 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3057 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3058 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3059 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3060 message.
3062 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3064 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3065 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3067 Key bindings:
3068 \\{java-mode-map}
3070 \(fn)" t nil)
3072 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3073 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3076 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3077 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3078 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3079 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3080 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3081 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3082 message.
3084 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3086 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3087 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3089 Key bindings:
3090 \\{idl-mode-map}
3092 \(fn)" t nil)
3094 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3095 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3096 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3097 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3099 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3100 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3101 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3102 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3103 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3104 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3105 message.
3107 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3109 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3110 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3112 Key bindings:
3113 \\{pike-mode-map}
3115 \(fn)" t nil)
3116 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3117 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3118 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3119 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3120 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3121 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3123 ;;;***
3125 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3126 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19259 35398))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3129 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3130 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3131 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3132 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3134 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3136 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3137 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3138 might get set too.
3140 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3141 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3142 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3143 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3144 way.
3146 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3147 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3148 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3149 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3150 a null operation.
3152 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3154 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3155 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3156 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3157 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3159 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3161 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3162 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3163 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3165 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3168 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3169 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3170 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3171 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3173 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3175 ;;;***
3177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19259 35398))
3178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3179 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3180 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3181 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3183 ;;;***
3185 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3186 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3187 ;;;;;; (19259 35397))
3188 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3190 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3191 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3193 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3195 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3196 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3198 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3200 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3201 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3203 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3204 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3205 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3206 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3207 execution.
3209 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3211 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3213 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3214 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3216 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3217 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3218 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3219 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3221 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3222 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3223 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3224 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3225 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3226 `write' commands.
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3229 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3230 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3231 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3233 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3234 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3235 semantics.
3237 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3239 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3241 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3243 STATEMENT :=
3244 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3245 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3247 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3248 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3249 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3250 | integer
3252 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3254 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3255 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3256 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3258 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3259 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3260 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3262 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3263 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3265 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3266 BREAK := (break)
3268 REPEAT :=
3269 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3270 (repeat)
3271 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3272 ;; (repeat))
3273 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3274 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; (read REG)
3276 ;; (repeat))
3277 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3278 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3279 ;; (read REG)
3280 ;; (repeat))
3281 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3283 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3284 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3285 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3288 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3289 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3290 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3291 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3292 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3293 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3294 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3295 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3296 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3297 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3298 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3300 WRITE :=
3301 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3302 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3303 ;; representation.
3304 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3305 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3306 ;; (write r7))
3307 | (write EXPRESSION)
3308 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3309 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3310 ;; representation.
3311 | (write integer)
3312 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3313 ;; buffer.
3314 | (write string)
3315 ;; Same as: (write string)
3316 | string
3317 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3318 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3319 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3320 ;; representation.
3321 | (write REG ARRAY)
3322 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3323 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3324 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3325 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3326 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3327 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3329 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3330 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3332 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3333 END := (end)
3335 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3336 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3337 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3339 ARG := REG | integer
3341 OPERATOR :=
3342 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3343 + | - | * | / | %
3345 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 | & | `|' | ^
3348 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3349 | << | >>
3351 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3352 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3353 | <8
3355 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3356 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3357 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3358 | >8
3360 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3361 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3362 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3363 | //
3365 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3366 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3368 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3369 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3370 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3372 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3373 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3374 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3375 | de-sjis
3377 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3378 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3379 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3380 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3381 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3382 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3383 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3384 ;; byte of SJIS.
3385 | en-sjis
3387 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3388 ;; Same meaning as C code
3389 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3391 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3392 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3393 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3394 | <8=
3396 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3397 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3398 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3400 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3401 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3402 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3403 | //=
3405 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3408 TRANSLATE :=
3409 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3410 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3412 LOOKUP :=
3413 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3414 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3415 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3416 MAP :=
3417 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3418 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3419 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3420 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3421 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3422 MAP-ID := integer
3424 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3426 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3427 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3428 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3429 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3430 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3431 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3435 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3436 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3437 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3439 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3441 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3443 ;;;***
3445 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3446 ;;;;;; (19259 35398))
3447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3449 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3450 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3451 There are no special keybindings by default.
3453 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3454 to the action header.
3456 \(fn)" t nil)
3458 ;;;***
3460 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3461 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19259 35404))
3462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3464 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3465 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3466 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3470 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3471 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3472 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3474 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3476 ;;;***
3478 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3485 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3486 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19259 35404))
3487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3488 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3489 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3490 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3491 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3492 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3494 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3495 Not documented
3497 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3499 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3500 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3501 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3502 the users will view as each check is completed.
3504 \(fn)" t nil)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3507 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3508 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3509 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3510 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3511 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3512 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3513 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3515 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3517 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3518 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3519 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3520 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3521 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3522 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3523 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3524 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3526 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3528 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3529 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3530 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3531 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3532 spacing are all verified.
3534 \(fn)" t nil)
3536 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3537 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3538 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3539 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3540 otherwise stop after the first error.
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3545 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3546 Only documentation strings are checked.
3547 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3548 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3549 a separate buffer.
3551 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3553 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3554 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3555 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3556 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3557 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3559 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3561 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3562 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3563 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3564 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3565 if there is one.
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3570 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3571 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3572 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3573 if there is one.
3574 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3576 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3578 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3579 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3580 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3582 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3584 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3585 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3586 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3587 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3588 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3590 \(fn)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3593 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3594 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3595 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3596 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3597 space at the end of each line.
3599 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3601 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3602 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3603 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3604 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3606 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3609 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3610 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3611 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3613 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3615 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3616 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3617 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3618 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3620 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3622 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3623 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3624 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3625 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3627 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3630 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3631 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3632 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3638 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3641 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3645 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3658 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3659 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3660 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3662 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3664 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3665 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3666 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3667 turn it off.
3669 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3670 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3671 checking of documentation strings.
3673 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3677 ;;;***
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3680 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3681 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19259 35404))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3684 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3685 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3686 Return the length of resulting text.
3688 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3690 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3691 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3693 \(fn)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3696 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3697 Return the length of resulting text.
3699 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3701 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3702 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3704 \(fn)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3707 Not documented
3709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3711 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3712 Not documented
3714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3716 ;;;***
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3719 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19259 35404))
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3722 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3723 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3724 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3725 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3726 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3727 editing and the result is evaluated.
3729 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3732 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3733 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3734 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3735 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3737 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3739 \(fn)" t nil)
3741 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3742 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3743 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3744 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3745 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3747 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3748 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3749 \\{command-history-map}
3751 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3752 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3754 \(fn)" t nil)
3756 ;;;***
3758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19259 35404))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3761 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3762 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3763 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3764 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3765 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3766 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3768 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3769 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3771 ;;;***
3773 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3774 ;;;;;; (19259 35404))
3775 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3777 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3778 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3779 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3780 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3781 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3782 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3783 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3784 of this function.
3786 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3787 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3788 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3789 property are:
3791 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3792 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3794 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3795 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3796 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3797 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3798 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3799 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3800 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3801 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3802 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3803 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3804 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3805 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3807 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3808 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3809 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3811 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3812 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3813 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3814 list elements are:
3816 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3818 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3820 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3822 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3823 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3825 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3826 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3828 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3829 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3830 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3831 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3832 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3833 value specified by their associated list element.
3835 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3837 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3838 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3839 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3841 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3842 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3843 * indent the first argument by 4.
3844 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3845 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3846 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3848 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3850 ;;;***
3852 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3853 ;;;;;; (19259 35404))
3854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3856 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3857 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3858 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3859 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3861 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3862 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3863 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3864 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3866 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3867 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3869 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3871 ;;;***
3873 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19259
3874 ;;;;;; 35404))
3875 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3877 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3878 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3879 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3880 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3881 of `scheme-program-name').
3882 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3883 it is given as initial input.
3884 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3885 discards input when it starts up.
3886 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3887 is run).
3888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3890 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3891 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3893 ;;;***
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3896 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3897 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3898 ;;;;;; (19259 35405))
3899 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3901 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3902 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3903 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3904 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3905 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3906 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3907 functions have already modified the buffer.
3909 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3911 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3912 either globally or locally.")
3914 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3916 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3917 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3918 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3919 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3920 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3921 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3922 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3923 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3924 process as its initial input.
3926 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3928 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3930 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3931 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3932 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3933 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3934 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3935 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3936 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3937 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3938 process as its initial input.
3940 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3942 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3944 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3945 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3946 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3947 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3948 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3949 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3951 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3953 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3954 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3955 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3956 directory tracking functions.")
3958 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3959 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3960 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3962 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3964 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3966 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3967 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3968 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3970 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3972 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3975 Send COMMAND to current process.
3976 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3977 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3979 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3981 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3982 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3983 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3984 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3986 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3988 ;;;***
3990 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19259
3991 ;;;;;; 35405))
3992 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3994 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3995 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3996 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3997 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3999 This command pushes the mark in each window
4000 at the prior location of point in that window.
4001 If both windows display the same buffer,
4002 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4003 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4005 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4006 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4007 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4008 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4009 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4010 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4011 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4012 ignored.
4014 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4015 this command work in interlaced mode:
4016 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4017 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4018 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4020 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4022 ;;;***
4024 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4025 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4026 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4027 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4028 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19259
4029 ;;;;;; 35406))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4032 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4033 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4035 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4037 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4038 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4039 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4040 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4041 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4042 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4043 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4045 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4047 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4048 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4050 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4052 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4053 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4054 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4055 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4056 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4057 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4058 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4060 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4061 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4062 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4063 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4064 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4066 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4067 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4068 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4069 describing how the process finished.")
4071 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4072 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4073 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4074 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4075 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4077 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4078 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4079 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4081 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4083 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4084 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4085 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4086 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4088 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4090 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4091 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4093 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4094 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4096 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4097 (lambda ()
4098 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4099 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4100 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4101 (concat \"make -k \"
4102 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4104 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4105 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4107 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4108 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4109 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4110 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4114 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4115 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4116 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4117 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4119 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4120 and move to the source code that caused it.
4122 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4123 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4125 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4126 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4127 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4128 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4130 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4131 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4132 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4133 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4135 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4136 kills its subprocesses.
4138 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4139 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4140 to a function that generates a unique name.
4142 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4144 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4145 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4146 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4147 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4149 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4150 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4152 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4153 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4154 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4155 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4157 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4158 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4159 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4161 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4163 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4165 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4166 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4167 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4168 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4169 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4171 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4173 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4175 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4178 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4179 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4180 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4181 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4182 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4183 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4188 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4189 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4190 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4191 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4192 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4196 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4197 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4198 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4200 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4204 ;;;***
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4207 ;;;;;; (19259 35406))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4210 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4211 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4212 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4215 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4217 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4219 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4220 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4221 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4223 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4224 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4225 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4226 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4228 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4229 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4230 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4231 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4233 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4234 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4235 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4236 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4238 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4239 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4240 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4241 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4242 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4246 ;;;***
4248 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4249 ;;;;;; (19259 35406))
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4252 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4253 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4254 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4257 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4259 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4261 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4262 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4266 ;;;***
4268 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4269 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4270 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4271 ;;;;;; (19259 35406))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4274 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4275 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4276 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4277 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4278 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4279 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4280 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4282 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4283 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4284 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4286 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4287 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4288 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4290 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4291 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4292 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4293 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4295 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4296 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4297 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4298 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4299 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4300 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4301 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4303 \\{conf-mode-map}
4305 \(fn)" t nil)
4307 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4308 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4309 Comments start with `#'.
4310 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4312 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4314 \[Desktop Entry]
4315 Encoding=UTF-8
4316 Name=The GIMP
4317 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4318 Name[cs]=GIMP
4320 \(fn)" t nil)
4322 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4323 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4324 Comments start with `;'.
4325 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4327 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4329 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4330 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4331 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4333 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4334 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4336 \(fn)" t nil)
4338 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4339 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4340 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4341 between `/*' and `*/'.
4342 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4344 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4345 // another kind of comment
4346 /* yet another */
4348 name:value
4349 name=value
4350 name value
4351 x.1 =
4352 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4353 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4355 \(fn)" t nil)
4357 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4358 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4359 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4360 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4361 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4362 `conf-space-keywords'.
4363 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4364 in an interactive fashion instead.
4366 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4368 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4370 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4371 image/png png
4372 image/tiff tiff tif
4374 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4375 class desktop
4376 # Standard multimedia devices
4377 add /dev/audio desktop
4378 add /dev/mixer desktop
4380 \(fn)" t nil)
4382 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4383 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4384 See `conf-space-mode'.
4386 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4388 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4389 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4390 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4391 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4393 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4395 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4396 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4398 \(fn)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4402 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4407 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4408 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4410 \(fn)" t nil)
4412 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4414 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4419 *background: gray99
4420 *foreground: black
4422 \(fn)" t nil)
4424 ;;;***
4426 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4427 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19259 35407))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4430 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4431 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4432 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4433 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4435 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4437 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4438 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4439 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4440 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4442 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4444 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4445 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4446 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4447 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4449 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4451 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4452 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4454 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4456 ;;;***
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4459 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19259
4460 ;;;;;; 35407))
4461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4463 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4464 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4465 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4466 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4467 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4468 following the copyright are updated as well.
4469 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4470 interactively.
4472 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4474 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4475 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4476 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4478 \(fn)" t nil)
4480 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4481 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4483 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4485 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4486 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4488 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4490 ;;;***
4492 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4493 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19259 35407))
4494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4495 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4496 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4497 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4498 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4499 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4500 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4501 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4503 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4504 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4505 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4506 Tab indents for Perl code.
4507 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4510 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4511 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4512 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4513 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4514 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4515 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4516 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4517 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4518 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4519 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4520 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4521 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4523 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4525 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4526 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4528 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4530 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4531 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4532 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4533 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4534 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4535 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4536 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4537 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4538 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4540 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4542 bite if angry;
4544 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4545 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4546 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4547 to nil.)
4549 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4550 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4551 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4553 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4555 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4556 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4557 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4558 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4559 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4561 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4563 if (A) { B }
4565 into
4567 B if A;
4569 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4571 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4572 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4573 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4574 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4575 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4576 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4577 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4578 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4579 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4580 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4581 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4582 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4583 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4585 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4586 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4587 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4588 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4589 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4590 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4592 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4593 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4594 man via menu.
4596 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4597 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4598 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4599 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4600 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4602 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4603 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4604 span the needed amount of lines.
4606 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4607 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4608 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4609 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4611 Variables controlling indentation style:
4612 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4613 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4614 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4615 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4616 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4617 `cperl-auto-newline'
4618 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4619 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4620 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4621 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4622 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4623 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4624 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4625 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4626 `cperl-indent-level'
4627 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4628 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4629 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4630 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4631 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4632 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4633 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4634 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4635 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4636 `cperl-brace-offset'
4637 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4638 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4639 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4640 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4641 `cperl-label-offset'
4642 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4643 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4644 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4646 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4647 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4648 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4649 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4650 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4651 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4653 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4654 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4655 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4656 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4658 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4659 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4660 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4661 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4662 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4663 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4664 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4666 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4667 column 0 is indented on
4668 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4670 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4671 with no args.
4673 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4674 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4675 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4677 \(fn)" t nil)
4679 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4680 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4682 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4685 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 ;;;***
4691 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4692 ;;;;;; (19259 35408))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4695 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4696 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4697 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4698 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4699 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4703 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4704 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 ;;;***
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (19259 35408))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4714 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4715 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4716 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4717 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4720 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4722 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4724 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4725 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4726 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4730 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4732 ;;;***
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4735 ;;;;;; (19259 35408))
4736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4738 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4739 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4740 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4741 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4743 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4744 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4745 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4746 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4748 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4749 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4750 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4752 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4753 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4754 'bob', and 'eve'.
4756 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4757 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4758 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4760 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4762 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4763 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4764 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4766 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4768 ;;;***
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19259
4771 ;;;;;; 35408))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4773 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4775 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4776 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4778 \(fn)" t nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4783 ;;;;;; (19259 35408))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4786 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4787 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4788 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4791 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4793 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4795 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4796 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4797 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4798 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4799 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4801 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4802 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4803 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4804 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4805 function of these prefix keys.
4807 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4808 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4809 options:
4810 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4811 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4812 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4814 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4815 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4816 the prefix fallback behavior.
4818 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4819 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4820 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4821 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4825 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4826 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4828 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4830 ;;;***
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4833 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4834 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4835 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4836 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4837 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4838 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4839 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4840 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4841 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4842 ;;;;;; (19259 35408))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4845 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4846 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4848 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4850 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4851 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4853 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4855 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4856 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4858 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4859 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4861 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4862 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4864 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4865 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4867 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4868 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4870 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4872 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4874 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4875 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4876 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4879 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4881 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4882 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4884 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4885 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4887 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4889 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4891 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4892 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4893 Return VALUE.
4895 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4896 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4898 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4899 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4901 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4902 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4904 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4906 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4908 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4909 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4910 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4911 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4912 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4914 \(fn)" t nil)
4916 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4917 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4918 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4919 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4921 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4923 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4924 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4926 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4928 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4931 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4933 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4935 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4938 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4940 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4942 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4944 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4946 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4948 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4949 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4950 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4951 as part of Emacs itself.
4953 Each elements looks like this:
4955 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4957 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4958 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4959 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4960 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4961 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4962 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4963 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4964 and `defface'.
4966 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4968 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4969 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4970 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4971 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4972 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4974 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4975 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4976 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4977 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4979 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4981 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4983 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4984 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4985 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4987 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4988 that were added or redefined since that version.
4990 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4992 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4993 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4994 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4995 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4997 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4998 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5000 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5003 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5004 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5006 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5007 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5009 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5011 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5012 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5014 \(fn)" t nil)
5016 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5017 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5019 \(fn)" t nil)
5021 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5022 Customize all already saved user options.
5024 \(fn)" t nil)
5026 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5027 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5028 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5029 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5030 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5031 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5032 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5033 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5035 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5037 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5038 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5039 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5040 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5042 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5044 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5045 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5047 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5052 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5054 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5055 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5056 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5057 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5058 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5059 that option.
5061 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5063 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5064 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5065 The result includes selecting that window.
5066 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5067 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5068 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5069 that option.
5071 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5073 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5074 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5076 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5078 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5079 File used for storing customization information.
5080 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5081 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5082 it should be an absolute file name.
5084 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5085 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5086 something like the following in your init file:
5088 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5089 \(load custom-file)
5091 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5092 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5094 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5095 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5096 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5097 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5098 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5100 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5101 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5102 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5103 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5104 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5105 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5106 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5107 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5108 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5109 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5113 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5114 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5116 \(fn)" nil nil)
5118 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5119 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5121 \(fn)" t nil)
5123 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5124 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5125 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5127 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5129 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5130 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5131 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5132 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5133 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5135 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5137 ;;;***
5139 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5140 ;;;;;; (19259 35409))
5141 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5143 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5144 Create a custom theme.
5146 \(fn)" t nil)
5148 ;;;***
5150 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5151 ;;;;;; (19259 35409))
5152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5154 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5155 Mode used for cvs status output.
5157 \(fn)" t nil)
5159 ;;;***
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5162 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19259 35409))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5165 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5166 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5168 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5170 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5171 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5172 C++ modes are included.
5174 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5178 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5179 Turn on CWarn mode.
5181 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5182 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5184 \(fn)" nil nil)
5186 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5187 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5188 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5191 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5193 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5195 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5197 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5198 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5199 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5203 ;;;***
5205 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5206 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5207 ;;;;;; (19259 35409))
5208 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5210 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5211 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5213 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5215 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5216 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5218 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5220 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5221 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5222 For readability, the table is slightly
5223 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5225 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5226 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5227 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5228 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5229 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5231 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5233 ;;;***
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5236 ;;;;;; (19259 35409))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5238 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5239 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5240 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5241 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5243 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5244 Completion on current word.
5245 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5246 and presents suggestions for completion.
5248 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5249 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5250 completions.
5252 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5253 then it searches *all* buffers.
5255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5258 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5260 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5261 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5262 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5263 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5264 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5266 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5267 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5269 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5270 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5271 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5273 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5274 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5276 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5280 ;;;***
5282 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5283 ;;;;;; (19259 35409))
5284 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5286 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5287 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5289 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5291 ;;;***
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19259
5294 ;;;;;; 35410))
5295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5297 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5298 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5299 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5300 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5301 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5303 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5305 ;;;***
5307 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19259
5308 ;;;;;; 35410))
5309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5311 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5312 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5314 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5315 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5316 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5318 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5319 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5320 Data lines are not indented.
5322 Key bindings:
5324 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5325 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5327 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5328 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5329 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5330 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5332 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5334 dcl-basic-offset
5335 Extra indentation within blocks.
5337 dcl-continuation-offset
5338 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5340 dcl-margin-offset
5341 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5343 dcl-margin-label-offset
5344 Indentation for a label.
5346 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5347 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5349 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5350 dcl-block-end-regexp
5351 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5352 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5353 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5354 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5355 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5357 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5358 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5359 Two such functions are included in the package:
5360 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5361 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5363 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5364 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5365 One such function is included in the package:
5366 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5368 dcl-tab-always-indent
5369 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5370 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5371 margin.
5373 dcl-electric-characters
5374 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5375 typed.
5377 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5378 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5379 which words trigger electric indentation.
5381 dcl-tempo-comma
5382 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5383 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5384 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5386 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5387 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5388 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5389 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5391 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5392 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5393 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5394 dcl-imenu-label-call
5395 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5397 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5398 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5399 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5400 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5403 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5405 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5406 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5407 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5408 $ i = 1
5409 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5410 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5411 $ label:
5412 $ if i.eq.1
5413 $ then
5414 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5415 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5416 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5417 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5418 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5419 \"lined up with the command line\"
5420 $ type sys$input
5421 Data lines are not indented at all.
5422 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5423 $ endif
5427 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5428 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5430 \(fn)" t nil)
5432 ;;;***
5434 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5435 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19259 35410))
5436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5438 (setq debugger 'debug)
5440 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5441 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5442 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5443 of the evaluator.
5445 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5446 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5447 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5449 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5452 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5454 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5456 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5457 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5458 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5459 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5460 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5461 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5463 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5464 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5466 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5469 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5470 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5471 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5472 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5474 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5476 ;;;***
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (19259 35410))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5482 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5483 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5485 \(fn)" t nil)
5487 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5488 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5489 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5490 Upper-case letters are commands.
5492 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5493 modify it.
5495 The most useful commands are:
5496 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5497 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5498 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5499 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5500 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5501 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5503 \(fn)" t nil)
5505 ;;;***
5507 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5508 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19259
5509 ;;;;;; 35410))
5510 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5512 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5513 Customization of `columns' group.
5515 \(fn)" t nil)
5517 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5518 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5520 START and END delimits the text region.
5522 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5524 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5525 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5527 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5531 ;;;***
5533 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19259
5534 ;;;;;; 35410))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5537 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5538 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5539 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5540 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5541 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5542 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5543 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5545 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5547 Customization:
5549 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5550 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5551 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5552 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5553 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5554 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5555 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5556 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5557 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5558 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5559 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5560 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5561 blank line.
5562 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5563 Directories to search when finding external units.
5564 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5565 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5567 Coloring:
5569 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5570 Face used to color delphi comments.
5571 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5572 Face used to color delphi strings.
5573 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5574 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5575 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5576 Face used to color everything else.
5578 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5579 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5581 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5583 ;;;***
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19259
5586 ;;;;;; 35410))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5589 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5591 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5592 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5593 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5596 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5598 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5600 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5601 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5602 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5603 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5605 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5606 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5607 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5608 any selection.
5610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5612 ;;;***
5614 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5615 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19259 35410))
5616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5618 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5619 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5621 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5623 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5624 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5625 or nil if there is no parent.
5626 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5627 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5628 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5629 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5630 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5632 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5633 arguments are currently understood:
5634 :group GROUP
5635 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5636 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5637 :syntax-table TABLE
5638 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5639 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5640 :abbrev-table TABLE
5641 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5642 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5644 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5646 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5648 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5649 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5650 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5652 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5653 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5655 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5656 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5657 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5659 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5660 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5662 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5663 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5665 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5667 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5669 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5670 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5671 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5672 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5673 the first time the mode is used.
5675 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5677 ;;;***
5679 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5680 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19259 35410))
5681 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5683 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5684 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5685 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5686 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5687 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5688 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5689 otherwise.
5691 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5693 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5694 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5695 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5696 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5697 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5698 character composition information (if relevant),
5699 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5701 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5703 ;;;***
5705 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5706 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5707 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5708 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19259 35410))
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5711 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5712 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5713 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5715 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5717 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5718 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5719 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5720 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5721 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5722 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5726 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5727 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5728 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5729 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5731 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5733 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5734 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5735 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5737 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5738 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5739 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5741 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5742 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5744 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5745 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5746 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5748 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5749 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5750 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5751 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5753 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5755 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5756 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5758 Handlers are called with argument list
5760 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5762 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5764 desktop-file-version
5765 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5766 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5767 desktop-buffer-point
5768 desktop-buffer-mark
5769 desktop-buffer-read-only
5770 desktop-buffer-locals
5772 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5773 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5775 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5776 code like
5778 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5780 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5781 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5783 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5785 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5787 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5788 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5789 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5790 List elements must have the form
5792 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5794 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5795 function.
5797 Handlers are called with argument list
5799 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5801 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5803 desktop-file-version
5804 desktop-buffer-file-name
5805 desktop-buffer-name
5806 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5807 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5808 desktop-buffer-point
5809 desktop-buffer-mark
5810 desktop-buffer-read-only
5811 desktop-buffer-misc
5813 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5814 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5815 created and set.
5817 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5818 code like
5820 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5822 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5823 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5825 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5827 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5829 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5831 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5832 Empty the Desktop.
5833 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5834 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5835 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5837 \(fn)" t nil)
5839 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5840 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5841 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5842 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5843 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5845 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5847 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5848 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5849 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5853 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5854 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5855 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5856 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5857 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5858 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5859 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5860 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5862 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5865 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5866 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5868 \(fn)" nil nil)
5870 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5871 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5872 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5873 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5874 directory DIRNAME.
5876 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5878 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5879 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5881 \(fn)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5884 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5886 \(fn)" t nil)
5888 ;;;***
5890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5891 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5892 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19259 35410))
5893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5895 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5896 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5897 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5898 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5899 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5900 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5902 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5904 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5905 Repair a broken attribution line.
5906 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5908 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5910 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5911 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5912 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5913 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5915 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5917 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5918 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5920 \(fn)" t nil)
5922 ;;;***
5924 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5925 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19259 35410))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5928 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5929 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5930 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5931 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5932 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5937 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5938 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5939 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5941 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5942 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5943 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5944 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5946 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5947 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5949 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5950 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5951 calendar-date-style 'european
5952 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5954 \(diary-mail-entries)
5956 # diary-rem.el ends here
5958 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5960 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5961 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5963 \(fn)" t nil)
5965 ;;;***
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5968 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19259 35410))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5971 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5972 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5974 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5976 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5977 The command to use to run diff.")
5979 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5981 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5982 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5983 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5984 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5985 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5986 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5988 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5989 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5990 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5992 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5995 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5996 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5997 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5998 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5999 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6001 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6003 ;;;***
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6006 ;;;;;; (19259 35411))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6009 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6010 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6011 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6012 normal diffs.
6014 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6015 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6016 headers for you on-the-fly.
6018 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6019 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6020 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6022 \\{diff-mode-map}
6024 \(fn)" t nil)
6026 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6027 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6028 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032 ;;;***
6034 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19259 35411))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6037 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6038 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6039 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6041 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6043 ;;;***
6045 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6046 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6047 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19259 35411))
6048 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6050 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6051 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6052 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6053 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6054 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6055 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6056 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6057 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6059 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6061 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6062 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6064 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6065 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6066 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6067 A value of t means move to first file.")
6069 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6071 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6072 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6073 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6074 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6075 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6076 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6078 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6079 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6080 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6081 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6082 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6083 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6084 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6085 list of files to make directory entries for.
6086 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6087 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6088 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6089 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6091 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6093 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6094 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6096 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6097 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6099 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6100 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6102 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6103 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6105 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6107 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6108 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6110 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6112 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6113 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6114 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6115 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6116 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6117 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6118 is displayed.
6119 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6120 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6122 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6124 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6125 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6126 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6127 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6128 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6129 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6130 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6131 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6132 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6133 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6134 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6135 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6136 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6137 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6138 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6139 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6140 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6141 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6142 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6143 to see why something went wrong.
6144 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6145 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6146 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6147 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6148 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6149 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6150 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6151 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6152 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6153 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6154 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6155 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6156 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6158 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6159 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6160 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6161 again for the directory tree.
6163 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6164 for more info):
6166 `dired-listing-switches'
6167 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6168 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6169 `dired-marker-char'
6170 `dired-del-marker'
6171 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6172 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6173 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6174 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6176 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6178 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6179 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6180 `dired-mode-hook'
6181 `dired-load-hook'
6183 Keybindings:
6184 \\{dired-mode-map}
6186 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6187 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6189 ;;;***
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6192 ;;;;;; (19259 35411))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6195 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6196 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6197 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6198 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6199 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6200 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6201 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6206 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6207 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6209 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6211 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6212 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6214 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6216 ;;;***
6218 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19259
6219 ;;;;;; 35411))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6222 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6223 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6224 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6225 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6226 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6227 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6229 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6231 ;;;***
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6234 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6235 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6236 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6237 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6238 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19259 35411))
6239 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6241 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6242 Return a new, empty display table.
6244 \(fn)" nil nil)
6246 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6247 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6248 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6249 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6250 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6252 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6254 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6255 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6256 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6257 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6258 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6260 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6262 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6263 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6265 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6267 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6268 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6270 \(fn)" t nil)
6272 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6273 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6275 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6277 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6278 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6280 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6282 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6283 Display character C using printable string S.
6285 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6287 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6288 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6289 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6290 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6292 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6294 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6295 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6296 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6297 X frame.
6299 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6304 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6307 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6309 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6311 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6312 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6314 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6316 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6317 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6319 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6321 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6322 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6324 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6326 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6327 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6329 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6330 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6332 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6333 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6335 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6336 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6337 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6338 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6340 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6341 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6342 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6343 in `.emacs'.
6345 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6347 ;;;***
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6350 ;;;;;; (19259 35411))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6353 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6354 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6355 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6356 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6357 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6358 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6359 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6360 Default is 2.
6362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6364 ;;;***
6366 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19259 35411))
6367 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6369 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6370 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6371 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6372 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6373 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6374 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6375 private or ask).
6376 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6377 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6378 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6379 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6380 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6382 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6384 ;;;***
6386 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6387 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19259 35411))
6388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6390 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6391 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6392 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6393 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6394 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6395 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6396 table and its own syntax table.
6398 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6400 \(fn)" t nil)
6401 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6403 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6404 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6406 \(fn)" t nil)
6407 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6412 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19259 35412))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6415 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6416 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6417 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6419 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6421 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6422 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6424 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6425 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6427 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6428 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6429 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6431 \(fn)" t nil)
6433 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6434 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6435 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6436 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6441 Not documented
6443 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6445 ;;;***
6447 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19259 35412))
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6450 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6451 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6453 \(fn)" t nil)
6455 ;;;***
6457 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19259 35412))
6458 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6460 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6461 Toggle Double mode.
6462 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6463 turn it off.
6465 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6466 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6470 ;;;***
6472 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19259 35412))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6475 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6476 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6478 \(fn)" t nil)
6480 ;;;***
6482 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6483 ;;;;;; (19259 35412))
6484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6486 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6487 Play sounds in message buffers.
6489 \(fn)" t nil)
6491 ;;;***
6493 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6494 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6495 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19259 35412))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6498 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6500 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6501 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6502 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6503 and toggle command MODE.
6505 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6506 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6507 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6508 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6509 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6510 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6511 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6512 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6513 used (see below).
6515 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6516 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6517 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6518 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6519 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6520 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6521 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6522 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6523 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6524 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6525 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6526 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6527 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6528 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6529 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6530 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6531 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6533 For example, you could write
6534 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6535 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6536 ...BODY CODE...)
6538 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6540 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6542 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6544 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6545 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6546 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6547 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6548 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6549 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6550 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6551 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6552 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6553 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6554 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6555 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6557 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6558 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6559 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6560 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6561 call another major mode in their body.
6563 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6565 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6566 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6567 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6568 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6569 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6570 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6571 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6573 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6575 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6576 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6577 :inherit Parent keymap.
6578 :group Ignored.
6579 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6580 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6582 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6585 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6586 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6587 the constant's documentation.
6589 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6591 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6592 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6593 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6595 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6597 ;;;***
6599 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6600 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19259
6601 ;;;;;; 35412))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6604 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6606 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6607 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6609 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6610 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6611 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6613 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6614 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6616 :filter FUNCTION
6618 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6619 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6621 :visible INCLUDE
6623 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6624 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6626 :active ENABLE
6628 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6629 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6631 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6633 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6635 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6637 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6638 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6640 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6641 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6643 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6645 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6647 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6649 :keys KEYS
6651 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6652 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6653 computed automatically.
6654 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6656 :key-sequence KEYS
6658 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6659 menu item.
6660 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6661 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6662 keyboard equivalent.
6664 :active ENABLE
6666 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6669 :visible INCLUDE
6671 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6672 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6674 :label FORM
6676 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6677 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6679 :suffix FORM
6681 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6682 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6684 :style STYLE
6686 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6687 defined:
6689 toggle: A checkbox.
6690 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6691 radio: A radio button.
6692 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6693 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6694 menu bar itself.
6695 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6697 :selected SELECTED
6699 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6700 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6702 :help HELP
6704 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6706 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6707 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6708 as a solid horizontal line.
6710 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6712 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6714 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6715 Not documented
6717 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6720 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6721 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6722 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6724 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6726 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6727 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6728 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6729 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6730 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6731 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6733 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6734 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6735 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6737 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6738 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6739 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6741 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6742 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6744 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6746 ;;;***
6748 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6749 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6750 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6751 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6752 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6753 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6754 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6755 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19259 35412))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6758 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6759 Customization for ebnf group.
6761 \(fn)" t nil)
6763 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6764 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6766 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6768 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6769 processed.
6771 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6773 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6775 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6776 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6778 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6779 killed after process termination.
6781 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6783 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6785 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6786 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6788 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6789 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6790 it to the printer.
6792 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6793 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6794 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6795 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6797 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6801 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6803 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6805 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6806 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6808 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6810 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6811 processed.
6813 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6815 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6817 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6818 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6820 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6821 killed after process termination.
6823 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6825 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6827 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6828 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6829 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6830 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6832 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6834 \(fn)" t nil)
6836 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6837 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6838 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6840 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6842 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6844 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6845 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6847 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6849 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6850 processed.
6852 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6854 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6856 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6857 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6859 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6860 killed after EPS generation.
6862 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6864 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6866 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6867 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6869 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6870 The EPS file name has the following form:
6872 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6874 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6875 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6877 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6878 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6879 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6880 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6881 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6883 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6884 files.
6886 \(fn)" t nil)
6888 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6889 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6891 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6892 The EPS file name has the following form:
6894 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6896 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6897 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6899 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6900 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6901 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6902 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6903 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6905 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6906 files.
6908 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6910 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6912 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6913 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6915 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6917 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6918 are processed.
6920 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6922 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6924 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6925 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6927 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6928 killed after syntax checking.
6930 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6932 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6934 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6935 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6939 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6940 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6942 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6944 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6945 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6947 \(fn)" nil nil)
6949 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6950 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6952 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6954 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6956 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6957 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6959 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6961 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Delete style NAME.
6966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6968 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6975 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6977 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6978 Set STYLE as the current style.
6980 Returns the old style symbol.
6982 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6984 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6986 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6987 Reset current style.
6989 Returns the old style symbol.
6991 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6993 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6995 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6996 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
6998 Returns the old style symbol.
7000 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7002 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7004 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7006 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7007 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7009 Returns the old style symbol.
7011 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7013 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7015 \(fn)" t nil)
7017 ;;;***
7019 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7020 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7021 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7022 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7023 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7024 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7025 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7026 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7027 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7028 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7029 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19259
7030 ;;;;;; 35413))
7031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7033 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7034 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7035 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7036 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7037 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7038 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7040 Tree mode key bindings:
7041 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7043 \(fn)" t nil)
7045 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7046 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7048 \(fn)" t nil)
7050 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7051 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7053 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7055 \(fn)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7058 View declaration of member at point.
7060 \(fn)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7063 Find declaration of member at point.
7065 \(fn)" t nil)
7067 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7068 View definition of member at point.
7070 \(fn)" t nil)
7072 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7073 Find definition of member at point.
7075 \(fn)" t nil)
7077 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7078 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7080 \(fn)" t nil)
7082 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7083 View definition of member at point in other window.
7085 \(fn)" t nil)
7087 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7088 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7090 \(fn)" t nil)
7092 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7093 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7095 \(fn)" t nil)
7097 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7098 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7100 \(fn)" t nil)
7102 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7103 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7105 \(fn)" t nil)
7107 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7108 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7109 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7110 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7111 completion.
7113 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7115 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7116 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7117 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7118 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7120 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7122 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7123 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7124 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7125 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7129 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7130 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7131 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7135 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7136 Search for call sites of a member.
7137 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7138 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7139 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7140 looks like a function call to the member.
7142 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7144 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7145 Move backward in the position stack.
7146 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7148 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7151 Move forward in the position stack.
7152 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7154 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7157 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7161 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7162 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7164 \(fn)" t nil)
7166 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7167 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7168 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7169 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7171 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7174 Display statistics for a class tree.
7176 \(fn)" t nil)
7178 ;;;***
7180 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7181 ;;;;;; (19259 35413))
7182 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7184 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7185 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7186 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7187 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7189 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7190 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7191 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7193 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7194 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7195 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7197 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7199 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7201 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7203 ;;;***
7205 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7206 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19259 35413))
7207 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7209 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7210 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7211 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7213 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7215 ;;;***
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7218 ;;;;;; (19259 35413))
7219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7221 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7222 Not documented
7224 \(fn)" nil nil)
7226 ;;;***
7228 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19259 35413))
7229 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7231 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7232 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7233 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7236 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7238 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7240 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7241 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7242 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7243 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7245 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7246 an EDE controlled project.
7248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7250 ;;;***
7252 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7253 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7254 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19259 35413))
7255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7257 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7258 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7259 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7260 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7261 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7263 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7264 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7265 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7266 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7268 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7270 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7271 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7272 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7273 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7275 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7277 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7278 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7279 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7280 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7282 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7284 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7286 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7287 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7288 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7289 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7290 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7292 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7293 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7294 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7295 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7296 instrumented for Edebug.
7298 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7299 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7300 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7301 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7302 already is one.)
7304 \(fn)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7307 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7309 \(fn)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7312 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7316 ;;;***
7318 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7319 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7320 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7321 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7322 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7323 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7324 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7325 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7326 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7327 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19259 35413))
7328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7330 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7331 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7333 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7336 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7338 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7340 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7342 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7344 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7345 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7346 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7347 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7351 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7352 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7353 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7354 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7356 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7358 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7359 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7361 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7363 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7365 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7366 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7368 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7370 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7372 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7373 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7374 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7375 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7377 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7379 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7381 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7382 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7383 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7384 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7386 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7388 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7390 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7391 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7392 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7393 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7395 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7397 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7399 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7400 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7401 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7402 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7404 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7406 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7408 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7409 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7410 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7411 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7412 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7413 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7415 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7418 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7419 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7420 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7422 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7424 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7426 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7427 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7428 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7429 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7431 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7433 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7435 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7437 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7438 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7439 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7440 follows:
7441 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7442 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7444 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7447 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7448 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7449 follows:
7450 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7451 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7453 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7456 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7457 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7458 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7459 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7461 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7464 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7465 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7466 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7467 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7468 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7470 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7472 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7474 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7475 Merge two files without ancestor.
7477 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7479 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7480 Merge two files with ancestor.
7482 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7484 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7486 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7487 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7489 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7491 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7492 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7494 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7497 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7498 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7499 buffer.
7501 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7504 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7505 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7506 buffer.
7508 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7511 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7512 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7513 and don't ask the user.
7514 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7515 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7517 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7519 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7520 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7521 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7522 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7523 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7524 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7525 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7526 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7528 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7530 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7532 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7534 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7535 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7536 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7537 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7538 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7540 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7542 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7544 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7545 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7546 When called interactively, displays the version.
7548 \(fn)" t nil)
7550 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7551 Display Ediff's manual.
7552 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7554 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7556 ;;;***
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7559 ;;;;;; (19259 35413))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7562 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7563 Not documented
7565 \(fn)" t nil)
7567 ;;;***
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7570 ;;;;;; (19259 35413))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7573 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7574 Display Ediff's registry.
7576 \(fn)" t nil)
7578 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7580 ;;;***
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7583 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19259 35413))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7586 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7587 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7588 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7589 which see.
7591 \(fn)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7594 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7595 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7596 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7598 \(fn)" t nil)
7600 ;;;***
7602 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7603 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7604 ;;;;;; (19259 35414))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7607 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7608 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7609 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7611 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7612 Edit a keyboard macro.
7613 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7614 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7615 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7616 its command name.
7617 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7619 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7621 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7622 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7624 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7627 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7629 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7631 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7632 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7633 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7634 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7635 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7636 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7638 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7639 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7640 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7641 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7643 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7647 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7648 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7649 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7650 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7652 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7654 ;;;***
7656 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7657 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19259 35414))
7658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7660 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7661 Set scroll margins.
7662 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7663 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7665 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7667 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7668 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7670 \(fn)" t nil)
7672 ;;;***
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7675 ;;;;;; (19259 35414))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7678 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7679 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7680 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7681 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7682 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7683 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7684 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7686 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7687 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7689 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7690 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7691 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7692 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7694 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7695 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7696 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7698 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7699 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7700 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7702 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7704 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7705 Not documented
7707 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7709 ;;;***
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7712 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19259 35414))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7715 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7716 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7718 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7720 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7721 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7722 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7723 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7724 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7725 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7726 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7728 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7732 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7733 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7735 \(fn)" t nil)
7737 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7738 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7739 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7740 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7741 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7742 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7743 arg list.
7745 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7746 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7747 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7748 effect.
7750 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7751 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7753 ;;;***
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19259
7756 ;;;;;; 35414))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7759 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7760 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7762 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7763 an elided material again.
7765 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7769 ;;;***
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7772 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7773 ;;;;;; (19259 35414))
7774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7776 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7777 Lint the file FILE.
7779 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7781 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7782 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7783 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7785 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7787 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7788 Lint the current buffer.
7789 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7791 \(fn)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7794 Lint the function at point.
7795 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7797 \(fn)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7800 Initialize elint.
7801 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7802 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7804 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7806 ;;;***
7808 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7809 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19259
7810 ;;;;;; 35414))
7811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7813 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7814 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7815 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7817 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7820 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7821 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7822 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7824 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7826 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7827 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7828 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7830 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7832 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7835 Display current profiling results.
7836 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7837 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7838 displayed.
7840 \(fn)" t nil)
7842 ;;;***
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7845 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7848 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7849 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7850 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7852 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7854 ;;;***
7856 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7857 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7858 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7859 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7860 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19259 35415))
7861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7863 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7864 Run Emerge on two files.
7866 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7869 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7871 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7873 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7874 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7876 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7878 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7879 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7881 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7883 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7884 Not documented
7886 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7889 Not documented
7891 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7894 Not documented
7896 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7898 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7899 Not documented
7901 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7903 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7904 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7906 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7909 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7911 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7913 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7914 Not documented
7916 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7918 ;;;***
7920 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7921 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19259 35415))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7924 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7925 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7926 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7927 text/enriched format.
7928 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7930 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7931 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7933 Commands:
7935 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7940 Not documented
7942 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7944 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7945 Not documented
7947 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7949 ;;;***
7951 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7952 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7953 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7954 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7955 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7956 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19259
7957 ;;;;;; 35415))
7958 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7960 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7961 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7965 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7966 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7968 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7971 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7972 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7973 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7974 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7975 the keys are listed.
7976 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7978 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7980 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7981 Decrypt FILE.
7983 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7985 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
7986 Verify FILE.
7988 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7990 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
7991 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
7993 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
7995 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
7996 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
7998 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8000 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8001 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8003 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8004 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8005 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8006 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8007 should consider using the string based counterpart
8008 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8009 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8011 For example:
8013 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8014 (decode-coding-string
8015 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8016 'utf-8))
8018 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8020 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8021 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8023 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8024 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8026 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8028 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8029 Verify the current region between START and END.
8031 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8032 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8033 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8034 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8035 should consider using the string based counterpart
8036 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8037 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8039 For example:
8041 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8042 (decode-coding-string
8043 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8044 'utf-8))
8046 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8048 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8049 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8050 between START and END.
8052 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8053 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8057 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8058 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8060 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8061 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8062 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8063 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8064 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8065 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8067 For example:
8069 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8070 (epg-sign-string
8071 context
8072 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8074 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8077 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8079 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8080 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8081 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8082 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8083 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8084 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8086 For example:
8088 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8089 (epg-encrypt-string
8090 context
8091 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8092 nil))
8094 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8096 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8097 Delete selected KEYS.
8099 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8101 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8102 Import keys from FILE.
8104 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8106 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8107 Import keys from the region.
8109 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8111 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8112 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8113 between START and END.
8115 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8117 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8118 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8120 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8123 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8125 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8127 ;;;***
8129 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8130 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19259 35415))
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8133 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8134 Decrypt marked files.
8136 \(fn)" t nil)
8138 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8139 Verify marked files.
8141 \(fn)" t nil)
8143 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8144 Sign marked files.
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8148 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8149 Encrypt marked files.
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8153 ;;;***
8155 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8156 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19259 35415))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8159 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8160 Not documented
8162 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8164 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8165 Not documented
8167 \(fn)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8170 Not documented
8172 \(fn)" t nil)
8174 ;;;***
8176 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8177 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8178 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19259 35415))
8179 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8181 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8182 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8187 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8188 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8190 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8194 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8195 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8196 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8198 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8200 \(fn)" t nil)
8202 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8203 Sign the current buffer.
8204 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8206 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8208 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8210 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8211 Encrypt the current buffer.
8212 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8214 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8216 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8218 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8219 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8220 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8222 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8224 \(fn)" t nil)
8226 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8227 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8228 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8231 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8233 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8235 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8236 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8240 ;;;***
8242 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19259 35415))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8245 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8246 Return a context object.
8248 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8250 ;;;***
8252 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8253 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19259 35415))
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8256 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8257 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8259 \(fn)" nil nil)
8261 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8262 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8264 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8266 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8267 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8269 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8271 ;;;***
8273 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8274 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19259 35415))
8275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8277 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8278 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8280 \(fn)" nil nil)
8282 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8283 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8284 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8286 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8288 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8289 (server (erc-compute-server))
8290 (port (erc-compute-port))
8291 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8292 password
8293 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8295 That is, if called with
8297 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8299 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8300 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8301 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8303 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8305 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8307 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8308 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8309 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8310 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8312 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19259
8317 ;;;;;; 35415))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8319 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8321 ;;;***
8323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19259 35415))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8325 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8327 ;;;***
8329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19259 35415))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8331 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8333 ;;;***
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19259 35415))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8337 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8339 ;;;***
8341 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8342 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19259 35415))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8344 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8346 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8347 Parser for /dcc command.
8348 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8349 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8350 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8352 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8354 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8355 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8357 \(fn)" nil nil)
8359 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8360 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8362 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8363 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8364 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8365 that subcommand.
8367 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8369 ;;;***
8371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8372 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8373 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8374 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8375 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8376 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8378 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8379 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8381 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8383 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8384 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8385 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8386 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8388 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8390 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8391 Not documented
8393 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8395 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8396 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8398 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8400 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8401 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8403 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8405 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8406 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8408 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8410 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8411 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8413 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8415 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8416 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8418 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8420 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8421 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8423 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8425 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8426 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8428 \(fn)" nil nil)
8430 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8431 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8433 \(fn)" nil nil)
8435 ;;;***
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19259
8438 ;;;;;; 35415))
8439 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8440 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8442 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8443 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8444 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8446 \(fn)" nil nil)
8448 ;;;***
8450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19259
8451 ;;;;;; 35415))
8452 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8453 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8455 ;;;***
8457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8458 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19259 35415))
8459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8460 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8462 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8463 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8464 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8465 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8466 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8467 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8468 system.
8470 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8473 Not documented
8475 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8477 ;;;***
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8480 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8481 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8483 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8484 Not documented
8486 \(fn)" nil nil)
8488 ;;;***
8490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19259 35415))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8492 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8494 ;;;***
8496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19259 35415))
8497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8498 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8500 ;;;***
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8503 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19259 35415))
8504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8505 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8507 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8508 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8509 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8510 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8511 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8512 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8516 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8517 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8518 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8519 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8521 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8522 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8523 automatically.
8525 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8526 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8530 ;;;***
8532 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8533 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8534 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8535 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8537 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8539 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8540 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8545 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8550 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8552 \(fn)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8555 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8560 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8565 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8570 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8572 \(fn)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8575 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8579 ;;;***
8581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19259 35415))
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8583 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8585 ;;;***
8587 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8588 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8589 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8590 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8592 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8593 Show who's gone.
8595 \(fn)" nil nil)
8597 ;;;***
8599 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8600 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19259 35415))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8603 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8604 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8605 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8606 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8608 \(fn)" nil nil)
8610 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8611 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8618 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19259 35415))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8620 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8622 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8623 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8624 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8625 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8627 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8629 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8630 Not documented
8632 \(fn)" nil nil)
8634 ;;;***
8636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19259 35415))
8637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8638 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8640 ;;;***
8642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19259
8643 ;;;;;; 35415))
8644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8645 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8647 ;;;***
8649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19259 35415))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8651 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8653 ;;;***
8655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19259 35415))
8656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8657 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8659 ;;;***
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8662 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19259 35415))
8663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8664 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8666 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8667 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8669 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8672 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8673 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8675 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19259 35415))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8681 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8683 ;;;***
8685 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8686 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8689 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8690 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8691 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8693 \(fn)" t nil)
8695 ;;;***
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19259
8698 ;;;;;; 35415))
8699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8700 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19259 35415))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8706 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8708 ;;;***
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8711 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8714 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8715 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8716 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8718 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8720 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8721 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8722 mode line.
8724 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8725 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8726 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8729 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8731 ;;;***
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8734 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19259 35415))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8736 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8738 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8739 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8740 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8741 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8743 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8745 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8746 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8747 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8749 \(fn)" t nil)
8751 ;;;***
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (19259 35415))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8758 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8759 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8763 ;;;***
8765 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19259
8766 ;;;;;; 35415))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8769 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8770 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8772 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8774 \(fn)" nil nil)
8776 ;;;***
8778 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19259
8779 ;;;;;; 35415))
8780 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8782 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8783 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8787 ;;;***
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8790 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19259 35415))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8793 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8794 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8795 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8796 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8797 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8798 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8799 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8800 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8801 buffer selected (or created).
8803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8805 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8806 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8807 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8809 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8811 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8812 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8813 The result might be any Lisp object.
8814 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8815 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8816 corresponding to a successful execution.
8818 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8820 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8822 ;;;***
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8825 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8826 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8827 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8828 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8829 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8830 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8831 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8834 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8835 *File name of tags table.
8836 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8837 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8838 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8839 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8841 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8842 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8843 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8844 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8846 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8848 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8849 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8850 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8851 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8852 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8853 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8855 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8857 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8858 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8859 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8860 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8861 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8862 `auto-compression-mode').")
8864 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8866 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8867 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8868 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8869 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8870 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8872 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8874 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8875 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8876 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8877 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8879 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8881 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8882 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8883 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8884 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8885 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8887 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8889 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8890 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8892 \(fn)" t nil)
8894 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8895 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8896 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8897 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8899 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8900 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8901 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8902 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8903 file the tag was in.
8905 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8907 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8908 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8909 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8910 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8911 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8912 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8913 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8914 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8915 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8917 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8919 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8920 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8921 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8922 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8923 without directory names.
8925 \(fn)" nil nil)
8927 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8928 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8929 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8930 but does not select the buffer.
8931 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8933 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8934 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8935 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8936 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8937 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8939 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8941 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8942 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8943 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8945 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8947 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8949 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8950 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8951 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8952 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8954 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8955 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8956 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8957 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8958 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8960 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8962 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8963 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8964 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8966 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8968 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8969 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8971 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8972 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8973 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8974 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8975 around or before point.
8977 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8978 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8979 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8980 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8981 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8983 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8985 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8986 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8987 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8989 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8991 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8992 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8994 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
8995 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8996 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8997 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8998 around or before point.
9000 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9001 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9002 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9003 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9004 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9006 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9008 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9009 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9010 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9012 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9014 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9015 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9017 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9018 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9019 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9021 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9022 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9023 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9024 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9025 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9027 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9029 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9030 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9031 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9033 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9035 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9036 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9037 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9039 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9040 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9042 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9043 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9044 where they were found.
9046 \(fn)" t nil)
9048 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9049 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9051 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9052 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9053 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9055 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9056 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9058 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9059 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9061 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9063 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9064 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9065 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9066 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9068 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9069 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9070 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9071 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9072 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9074 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9075 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9077 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9078 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9079 Stops when a match is found.
9080 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9082 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9084 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9086 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9087 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9088 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9089 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9090 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9091 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9092 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9093 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9095 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9096 produce the list of files to search.
9098 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9100 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9103 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9104 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9105 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9106 directory specification.
9108 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9110 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9111 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9115 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9116 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9117 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9118 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9120 \(fn)" t nil)
9122 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9123 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9124 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9125 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9126 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9128 \(fn)" t nil)
9130 ;;;***
9132 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9133 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9134 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9135 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9136 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9137 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9138 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9139 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9142 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9143 Not documented
9145 \(fn)" nil nil)
9147 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9148 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9150 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9151 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9153 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9154 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9155 primary language.
9157 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9158 even if the buffer is read-only.
9160 See also the descriptions of the variables
9161 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9163 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9165 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9166 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9168 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9169 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9171 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9172 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9173 primary language.
9175 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9176 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9178 See also the descriptions of the variables
9179 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9181 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9183 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9184 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9185 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9186 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9188 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9191 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9192 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9193 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9195 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9196 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9197 primary language.
9199 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9200 buffer is read-only.
9202 See also the descriptions of the variables
9203 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9204 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9206 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9208 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9209 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9211 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9212 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9214 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9215 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9216 the primary language.
9218 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9219 buffer is read-only.
9221 See also the descriptions of the variables
9222 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9223 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9225 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9227 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9228 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9229 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9231 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9233 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9234 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9236 \(fn)" t nil)
9238 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9239 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9241 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9242 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9243 be 1, 2, or 3.
9245 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9246 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9247 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9249 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9251 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9253 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9254 This function is deprecated.
9256 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9258 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9259 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9261 \(fn)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9264 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9268 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9269 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9271 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9272 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9274 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9275 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9277 \(fn)" nil nil)
9279 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9280 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9282 \(fn)" nil nil)
9284 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9285 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9287 \(fn)" nil nil)
9289 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9290 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9292 \(fn)" nil nil)
9294 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9295 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9296 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9298 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9300 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9301 Not documented
9303 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9305 ;;;***
9307 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9308 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9309 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9312 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9313 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9314 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9315 server for future sessions.
9317 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9319 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9320 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9321 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9323 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9325 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9326 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9327 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9329 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9331 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9332 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9333 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9334 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9335 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9336 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9337 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9338 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9339 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9340 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9341 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9342 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9344 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9346 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9347 Display a form to query the directory server.
9348 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9349 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9351 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9353 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9354 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9355 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9357 \(fn)" t nil)
9359 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9361 ;;;***
9363 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9364 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9365 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19259 35416))
9366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9368 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9369 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9371 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9373 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9374 Display URL and make it clickable.
9376 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9378 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9379 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9381 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9383 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9384 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9386 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9388 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9389 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9391 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9393 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9394 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9396 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9398 ;;;***
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9401 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19259 35416))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9404 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9405 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9406 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9408 \(fn)" t nil)
9410 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9411 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9413 \(fn)" t nil)
9415 ;;;***
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9418 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9421 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9422 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9424 \(fn)" t nil)
9426 ;;;***
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19259
9429 ;;;;;; 35416))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9432 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9433 Create an empty ewoc.
9435 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9437 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9438 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9439 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9440 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9441 `insert-before-markers'.
9443 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9444 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9445 respectively, of the ewoc.
9447 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9448 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9449 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9451 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9453 ;;;***
9455 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9456 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9457 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9458 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9461 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9462 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9463 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9465 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9467 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9468 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9469 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9470 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9471 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9473 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9475 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9476 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9477 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9478 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9479 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9480 executable.
9482 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9484 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9485 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9486 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9488 \(fn)" t nil)
9490 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9491 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9492 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9493 file modes.
9495 \(fn)" nil nil)
9497 ;;;***
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9500 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9501 ;;;;;; (19259 35416))
9502 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9504 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9505 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9506 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9507 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9509 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9511 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9512 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9513 to generate such functions.
9515 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9516 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9517 beginning of the expanded text.
9519 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9520 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9521 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9522 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9524 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9526 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9528 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9529 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9530 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9532 \(fn)" nil nil)
9534 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9535 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9536 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9538 \(fn)" t nil)
9540 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9541 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9542 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9544 \(fn)" t nil)
9545 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9546 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9548 ;;;***
9550 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19259 35416))
9551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9553 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9554 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9555 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9557 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9558 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9559 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9561 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9563 Key definitions:
9564 \\{f90-mode-map}
9566 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9568 `f90-do-indent'
9569 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9570 `f90-if-indent'
9571 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9572 `f90-type-indent'
9573 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9574 `f90-program-indent'
9575 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9576 (default 2).
9577 `f90-continuation-indent'
9578 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9579 `f90-comment-region'
9580 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9581 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9582 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9583 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9584 (default \"!\").
9585 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9586 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9587 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9588 `f90-break-delimiters'
9589 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9590 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9591 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9592 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9593 (default t).
9594 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9595 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9596 `f90-smart-end'
9597 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9598 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9599 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9600 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9601 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9602 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9603 `f90-leave-line-no'
9604 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9606 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9607 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9609 \(fn)" t nil)
9611 ;;;***
9613 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9614 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9615 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9616 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19259
9617 ;;;;;; 35416))
9618 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9620 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9621 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9623 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9624 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9626 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9627 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9628 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9629 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9630 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9631 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9632 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9634 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9635 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9636 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9638 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9640 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9641 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9643 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9645 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9646 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9647 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9648 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9649 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9650 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9652 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9654 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9655 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9656 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9658 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9659 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9660 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9661 the same amount).
9663 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9665 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9666 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9667 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9669 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9670 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9671 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9672 will remove any scaling currently active.
9674 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9677 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9678 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9680 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9681 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9682 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9683 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9684 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9686 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9687 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9689 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9690 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9692 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9693 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9694 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9696 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9697 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9698 is one of the above.
9700 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9701 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9702 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9703 will remove any scaling currently active.
9705 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9706 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9707 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9708 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9709 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9711 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9714 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9715 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9716 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9721 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9722 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9723 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9724 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9726 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9727 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9729 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9731 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9732 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9733 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9734 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9736 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9737 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9738 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9739 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9741 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9742 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9744 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9747 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9748 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9749 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9753 ;;;***
9755 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9756 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9757 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19259 35416))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9760 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9761 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9762 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9763 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9765 \(fn)" nil nil)
9767 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9768 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9772 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9773 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9774 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9775 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9779 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9780 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9781 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9782 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9783 backup file names and the like).
9785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9787 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9788 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9789 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9790 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9791 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9792 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9793 internally by feedmail):
9795 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9796 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9797 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9798 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9800 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9801 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9802 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9803 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9804 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9806 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9808 ;;;***
9810 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9811 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19259 35416))
9812 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9814 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9815 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9816 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9817 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9818 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9819 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9820 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9822 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9825 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9826 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9827 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9828 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9829 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9830 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9832 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9834 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9836 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9837 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9838 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9839 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9840 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9841 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9843 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9846 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9847 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9848 Return value:
9849 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9850 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9851 * otherwise, nil
9853 \(fn E)" t nil)
9855 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9856 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9858 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9860 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9861 Try to get a file name at point.
9862 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9864 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9865 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9869 ;;;***
9871 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9872 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9873 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9874 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19259 35416))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9877 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9878 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9879 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9880 be added to the cache.
9882 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9885 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9886 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9887 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9888 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9890 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9892 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9893 Add FILE to the file cache.
9895 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9898 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9899 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9901 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9904 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9905 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9907 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9910 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9911 This function does not use any external programs
9912 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9913 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9914 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9916 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9919 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9920 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9921 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9922 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9923 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9924 \(directories) is done.
9926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9928 ;;;***
9930 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9931 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9932 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9933 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9934 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19259 35416))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9937 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9938 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9940 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9941 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9942 Local Variables list.
9944 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9945 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9946 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9948 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9950 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9951 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9953 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9955 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9956 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9958 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9959 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9960 the -*- line.
9962 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9963 then this function adds it.
9965 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9968 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9970 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9973 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9975 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9977 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
9978 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9980 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
9983 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9987 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
9988 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
9993 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9997 ;;;***
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19259
10000 ;;;;;; 35416))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10003 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10004 Filesets initialization.
10005 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10007 \(fn)" nil nil)
10009 ;;;***
10011 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19259 35417))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10014 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10015 Initiate the building of a find command.
10016 For example:
10018 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10019 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10020 (mtime \"+1\"))
10021 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10023 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10024 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10026 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10031 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10032 ;;;;;; (19259 35417))
10033 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10035 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10036 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10037 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10038 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10039 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10041 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10043 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10044 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10045 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10046 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10047 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10049 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10051 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10052 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10053 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10054 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10056 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10058 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10059 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10060 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10062 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10064 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10065 as the final argument.
10067 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10070 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10071 and run dired on those files.
10072 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10073 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10075 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10077 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10079 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10080 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10081 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10083 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10085 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10087 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10089 ;;;***
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10092 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10093 ;;;;;; (19259 35417))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10096 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10097 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10098 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10099 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10100 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10101 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10102 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10104 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10105 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10106 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10108 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10110 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10112 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10114 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10115 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10116 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10118 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10119 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10121 Variables of interest include:
10123 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10124 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10125 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10127 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10128 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10129 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10131 - `ff-ignore-include'
10132 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10134 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10135 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10137 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10138 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10140 - `ff-special-constructs'
10141 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10142 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10143 extracting the filename from that construct.
10145 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10146 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10148 - `ff-search-directories'
10149 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10150 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10152 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10153 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10155 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10156 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10158 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10159 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10161 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10162 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10164 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10165 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10167 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10169 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10170 Visit the file you click on.
10172 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10174 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10175 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10177 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10179 ;;;***
10181 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10182 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10183 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10184 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10185 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10186 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10187 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19259 35417))
10188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10190 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10191 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10192 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10194 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10196 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10197 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10198 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10199 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10201 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10202 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10203 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10204 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10206 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10208 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10209 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10211 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10212 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10213 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10214 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10216 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10217 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10218 in `load-path'.
10220 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10222 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10223 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10225 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10226 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10227 places point before the definition.
10228 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10230 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10231 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10232 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10234 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10236 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10237 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10239 See `find-function' for more details.
10241 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10244 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10246 See `find-function' for more details.
10248 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10250 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10251 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10253 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10254 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10255 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10257 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10258 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10260 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10262 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10263 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10265 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10266 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10267 places point before the definition.
10269 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10271 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10272 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10273 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10275 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10277 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10278 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10280 See `find-variable' for more details.
10282 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10284 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10285 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10287 See `find-variable' for more details.
10289 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10291 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10292 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10293 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10294 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10295 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10296 buffer nor display it.
10298 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10299 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10301 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10303 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10304 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10306 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10307 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10308 places point before the definition.
10310 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10312 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10313 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10314 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10316 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10318 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10319 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10320 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10322 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10324 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10325 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10327 \(fn)" t nil)
10329 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10330 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10332 \(fn)" t nil)
10334 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10335 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10337 \(fn)" nil nil)
10339 ;;;***
10341 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10342 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19259 35417))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10345 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10346 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10348 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10350 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10351 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10353 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10355 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10356 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10358 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10360 ;;;***
10362 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10363 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19259 35417))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10366 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10367 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10369 \(fn)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10372 Display FILE's commentary section.
10373 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10375 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10377 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10378 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10380 \(fn)" t nil)
10382 ;;;***
10384 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10385 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19259 35417))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10388 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10389 Toggle flow control handling.
10390 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10391 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10393 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10395 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10396 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10397 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10398 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10399 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10400 to get the effect of a C-q.
10402 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10404 ;;;***
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10407 ;;;;;; (19259 35417))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10410 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10411 Not documented
10413 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10415 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10416 Not documented
10418 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10420 ;;;***
10422 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10423 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19259 35417))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10426 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10427 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10428 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10429 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10433 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10434 Turn flymake mode on.
10436 \(fn)" nil nil)
10438 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10439 Turn flymake mode off.
10441 \(fn)" nil nil)
10443 ;;;***
10445 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10446 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10447 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19259 35417))
10448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10450 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10451 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10453 \(fn)" t nil)
10454 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10456 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10457 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10458 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10459 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10460 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10461 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10462 otherwise turn it off.
10464 Bindings:
10465 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10466 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10467 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10468 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10470 Hooks:
10471 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10473 Remark:
10474 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10475 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10476 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10478 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10479 consider adding:
10480 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10481 in your .emacs file.
10483 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10484 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10488 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10489 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10491 \(fn)" nil nil)
10493 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10494 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10496 \(fn)" nil nil)
10498 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10499 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10501 \(fn)" nil nil)
10503 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10504 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10506 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10509 Flyspell whole buffer.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 ;;;***
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10516 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10517 ;;;;;; (19259 35417))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10520 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10521 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10523 \(fn)" nil nil)
10525 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10526 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10528 \(fn)" nil nil)
10530 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10531 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10533 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10534 of two major techniques:
10536 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10537 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10538 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10540 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10541 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10542 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10543 movement commands.
10545 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10546 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10547 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10548 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10549 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10550 mileage may vary).
10552 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10553 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10555 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10557 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10558 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10559 \(This is the default.)
10561 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10563 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10564 \\{follow-mode-map}
10566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10568 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10569 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10571 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10572 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10573 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10574 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10575 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10576 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10578 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10579 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10580 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10582 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10583 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10584 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10588 ;;;***
10590 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19259
10591 ;;;;;; 35417))
10592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10594 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10595 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10596 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10597 started, play around with the following keys:
10598 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10602 ;;;***
10604 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10605 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19259 35417))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10608 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10609 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10611 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10612 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10613 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10614 C-c < forms-first-record <
10615 C-c > forms-last-record >
10616 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10617 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10618 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10619 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10620 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10621 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10622 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10623 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10624 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10625 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10627 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10630 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10632 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10635 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10637 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10639 ;;;***
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10642 ;;;;;; (19259 35417))
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10645 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10646 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10647 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10649 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10650 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10652 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10654 Key definitions:
10655 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10657 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10659 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10660 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10661 `fortran-do-indent'
10662 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10663 `fortran-if-indent'
10664 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10665 `fortran-structure-indent'
10666 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10667 (default 3)
10668 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10669 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10670 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10671 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10672 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10673 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10674 nil don't change the indentation
10675 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10676 value of either
10677 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10678 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10679 depending on the continuation format in use.
10680 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10681 indentation for a line of code.
10682 (default 'fixed)
10683 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10684 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10685 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10686 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10687 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10688 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10689 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10690 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10691 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10692 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10693 column 5.
10694 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10695 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10696 statements (default nil).
10697 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10698 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10699 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10700 `fortran-continuation-string'
10701 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10702 line (default \"$\").
10703 `fortran-comment-region'
10704 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10705 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10706 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10707 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10708 as typed (default t).
10709 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10710 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10712 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10713 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10715 \(fn)" t nil)
10717 ;;;***
10719 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10720 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19259 35418))
10721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10723 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10724 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10726 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10727 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10729 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10731 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10732 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10734 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10735 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10737 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10739 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10740 Compile fortune file.
10742 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10743 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10745 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10747 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10748 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10750 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10751 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10752 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10753 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10755 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10757 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10758 Display a fortune cookie.
10760 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10761 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10762 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10763 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10765 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10767 ;;;***
10769 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10770 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
10771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10773 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
10774 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10776 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10778 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10779 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10780 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10781 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10783 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10784 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10785 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10786 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10787 some of the buffers.
10789 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10791 The following commands help control operation :
10793 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10794 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10796 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10797 detailed description of this mode.
10799 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10800 | GDB Toolbar |
10801 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10802 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10803 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10804 | | |
10805 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10806 | | |
10807 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10808 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10809 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10811 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10812 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10813 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10814 session.
10816 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10818 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
10820 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10821 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10823 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
10825 ;;;***
10827 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10828 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19259
10829 ;;;;;; 35419))
10830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10832 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10833 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10834 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10835 instead (which see).")
10837 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10838 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10840 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10841 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10842 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10843 documentation string instead.
10845 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10846 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10847 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10848 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10849 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10850 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10851 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10852 enders are actually possible.
10854 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10855 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10857 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10858 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10859 `font-lock-keywords'.
10861 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10862 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10863 runs the macro expansion.
10865 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10866 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10867 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10869 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10871 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10873 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10874 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10876 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10878 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10879 Enter generic mode MODE.
10881 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10882 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10883 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10885 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10886 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10888 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10890 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10891 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10892 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10893 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10894 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10895 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10896 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10897 `font-lock-keywords'.
10899 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10901 ;;;***
10903 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10904 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10907 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10908 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10909 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10910 at places they belong to.
10912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10914 ;;;***
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10917 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10918 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10921 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10922 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10923 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10925 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10927 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10928 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10930 Guideline for numbers:
10931 1 - error messages
10932 3 - non-serious error messages
10933 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10934 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10935 9 - messages inside loops.
10937 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10939 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10940 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10941 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10943 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10945 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10946 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10948 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10950 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10951 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10953 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10954 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10955 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10956 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10957 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10958 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10960 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10961 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10962 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10963 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10964 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10966 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10968 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
10970 ;;;***
10972 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10973 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19259 35419))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10975 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
10976 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
10978 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
10979 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10983 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
10984 Read network news.
10985 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10986 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10987 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10988 name of an NNTP server to use.
10989 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10990 server.
10992 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10994 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
10995 Read news as a slave.
10997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10999 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11000 Pop up a frame to read news.
11001 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11002 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11003 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11004 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11005 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11006 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11007 current display is used.
11009 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11011 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11012 Read network news.
11013 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11014 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11015 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11017 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11019 ;;;***
11021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11022 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11023 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11024 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11025 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11026 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19259 35419))
11027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11029 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11030 Start Gnus unplugged.
11032 \(fn)" t nil)
11034 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11035 Start Gnus plugged.
11037 \(fn)" t nil)
11039 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11040 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11044 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11045 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11047 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11048 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11049 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11051 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11052 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11053 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11055 \(fn)" t nil)
11057 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11058 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11060 \(fn)" nil nil)
11062 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11063 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11064 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11065 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11066 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11067 supported.
11069 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11071 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11072 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11073 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11074 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11075 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11076 supported.
11078 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11080 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11081 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11086 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11087 downloaded into the agent.
11089 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11091 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11092 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11093 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11094 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11096 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11098 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11099 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11103 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11104 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11108 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11109 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11110 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11112 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11114 ;;;***
11116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11117 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11120 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11121 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11123 \(fn)" nil nil)
11125 ;;;***
11127 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11128 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11131 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11132 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11134 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11136 ;;;***
11138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11139 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19259 35419))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11142 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11143 Set a bookmark for this article.
11145 \(fn)" t nil)
11147 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11148 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11150 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11152 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11153 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11154 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11155 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11156 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11158 \(fn)" t nil)
11160 ;;;***
11162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11163 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11164 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19259
11165 ;;;;;; 35419))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11168 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11169 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11171 Usage:
11172 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11174 \(fn)" t nil)
11176 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11177 Generate the cache active file.
11179 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11181 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11182 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11184 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11186 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11187 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11188 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11189 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11190 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11191 supported.
11193 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11195 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11196 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11197 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11198 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11199 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11200 supported.
11202 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11204 ;;;***
11206 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11207 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19259 35419))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11210 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11211 Delay this article by some time.
11212 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11214 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11215 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11217 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11218 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11220 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11221 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11223 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11225 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11226 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11228 \(fn)" t nil)
11230 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11231 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11232 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11233 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11235 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11236 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11238 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11240 ;;;***
11242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11243 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19259 35420))
11244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11246 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11247 Not documented
11249 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11251 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11252 Not documented
11254 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11256 ;;;***
11258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11259 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11262 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11263 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11267 ;;;***
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11270 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11273 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11274 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11276 \(fn)" t nil)
11278 ;;;***
11280 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11281 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11282 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19259
11283 ;;;;;; 35420))
11284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11286 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11287 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11289 \(fn)" t nil)
11291 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11292 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11294 \(fn)" t nil)
11296 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11297 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11299 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11300 different input formats.
11302 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11304 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11305 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11307 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11308 different input formats.
11310 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11312 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11313 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11314 The PNG is returned as a string.
11316 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11318 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11319 Convert FILE to a Face.
11320 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11321 726 bytes.
11323 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11325 ;;;***
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11328 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19259 35420))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11331 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11332 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11333 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11334 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11336 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11338 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11339 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11341 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11343 ;;;***
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11346 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11349 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11351 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11352 Run batched scoring.
11353 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11355 \(fn)" t nil)
11357 ;;;***
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11360 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11361 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11364 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11365 Not documented
11367 \(fn)" nil nil)
11369 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11370 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11371 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11373 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11375 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11376 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11378 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11382 ;;;***
11384 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11385 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11386 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11389 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11390 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11391 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11392 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11393 group parameters.
11395 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11396 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11397 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11398 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11400 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11401 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11402 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11403 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11404 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11405 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11406 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11407 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11408 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11409 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11411 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11413 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11414 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11415 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11416 nil CATCH-ALL).
11418 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11419 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11421 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11423 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11424 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11425 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11427 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11429 \(fn)" nil nil)
11431 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11432 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11433 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11435 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11437 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11438 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11439 existing groups are considered.
11441 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11442 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11443 returned.
11445 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11446 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11447 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11448 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11449 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11450 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11451 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11452 clauses will be generated.
11454 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11455 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11456 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11457 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11458 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11459 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11461 For example, given the following group parameters:
11463 nnml:mail.bar:
11464 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11465 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11466 nnml:mail.foo:
11467 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11468 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11469 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11470 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11471 nnml:mail.others:
11472 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11474 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11476 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11477 \"mail.bar\")
11478 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11479 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11480 \"mail.others\")
11482 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11484 ;;;***
11486 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11487 ;;;;;; (19259 35419))
11488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11490 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
11491 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11492 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11494 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11496 ;;;***
11498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11499 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19259 35419))
11500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11502 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11503 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11504 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11505 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11507 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11509 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11510 Mail to ADDRESS.
11512 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11514 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11515 Like `message-reply'.
11517 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11519 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11521 ;;;***
11523 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11524 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19259 35420))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11527 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
11528 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11530 \(fn)" t nil)
11532 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
11533 Load the NoCeM cache.
11535 \(fn)" t nil)
11537 ;;;***
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11540 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11541 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11544 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11545 Display picons in the From header.
11546 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11548 \(fn)" t nil)
11550 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11551 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11552 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11554 \(fn)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11557 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11558 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11560 \(fn)" t nil)
11562 ;;;***
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11565 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11566 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11567 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11568 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19259 35420))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11571 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11572 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11573 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11574 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11576 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11578 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11579 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11580 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11581 LIST1 is modified.
11583 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11585 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11586 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11587 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11589 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11591 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11592 Not documented
11594 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11596 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11597 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11598 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11600 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11602 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11603 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11604 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11606 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11608 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11610 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11611 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11612 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11617 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11618 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11620 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11622 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11623 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11624 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11626 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11628 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11629 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11631 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11633 ;;;***
11635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11636 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19259 35420))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11639 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11640 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11642 \(fn)" t nil)
11644 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11645 Install the registry hooks.
11647 \(fn)" t nil)
11649 ;;;***
11651 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11652 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19259
11653 ;;;;;; 35420))
11654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11656 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11657 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11658 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11659 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11660 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11661 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11663 \(fn)" t nil)
11665 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11666 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11667 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11668 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11669 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11671 \(fn)" t nil)
11673 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11674 Not documented
11676 \(fn)" t nil)
11678 ;;;***
11680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11681 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11684 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
11685 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11686 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11687 for matching on group names.
11689 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11690 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11692 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11694 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11696 \(fn)" t nil)
11698 ;;;***
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11704 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11705 Update the format specification near point.
11707 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11709 ;;;***
11711 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11712 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19259
11713 ;;;;;; 35420))
11714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11716 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11717 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11719 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11721 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
11722 Not documented
11724 \(fn)" nil nil)
11726 ;;;***
11728 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11729 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
11730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11732 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11733 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11735 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11737 ;;;***
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19259 35420))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11742 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11743 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11745 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11746 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11747 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11749 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11750 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11751 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11753 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11754 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11756 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11757 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11759 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11761 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11763 ;;;***
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11766 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19259
11767 ;;;;;; 35420))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11770 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11772 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11773 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11774 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11775 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11776 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11778 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11780 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11781 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11782 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11783 or to send e-mail.
11784 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11785 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11787 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11788 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11790 \(fn)" t nil)
11791 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11793 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11794 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11798 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11799 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11803 ;;;***
11805 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11806 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11807 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19259 35420))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11810 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11811 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11813 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11815 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11816 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11817 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11818 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11819 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11821 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11822 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11823 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11825 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11827 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11828 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11829 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11830 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11831 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11833 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11835 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11836 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11838 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11840 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11841 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11843 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11844 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11845 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11847 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11848 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11849 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11851 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11852 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11853 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11854 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11856 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11857 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11858 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11859 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11860 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11862 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11864 (defvar grep-history nil)
11866 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11868 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11869 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11870 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11872 \(fn)" nil nil)
11874 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11875 Not documented
11877 \(fn)" nil nil)
11879 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11880 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11882 \(fn)" nil nil)
11884 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11885 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11886 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11887 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11888 found matches.
11890 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11891 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11893 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11894 can easily repeat a grep command.
11896 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11897 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11898 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11899 list is empty).
11901 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11903 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11904 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11905 Collect output in a buffer.
11906 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11907 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11909 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11910 easily repeat a find command.
11912 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11914 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11916 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11917 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11918 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11919 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11920 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11922 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11923 before it is executed.
11924 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11926 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11927 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11928 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11930 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11932 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11934 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11935 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11936 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11937 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11938 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11940 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11941 before it is executed.
11942 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11944 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11945 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11946 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11948 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11950 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11952 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
11953 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11954 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11955 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11957 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
11959 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
11961 ;;;***
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19259 35420))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11966 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
11967 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11968 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11969 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11970 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11972 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11974 ;;;***
11976 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11977 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19259 35420))
11978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11980 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
11981 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11982 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11983 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11985 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11987 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
11988 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11989 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11990 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11992 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11994 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
11995 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11996 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11997 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11999 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12001 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12002 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12003 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12004 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12006 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12007 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12009 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12012 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12016 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12018 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12019 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12020 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12021 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12026 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12027 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12028 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12029 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12031 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12032 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12033 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12034 original source file access method.
12036 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12037 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12039 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12040 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode))
12044 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12045 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12047 \(fn)" t nil)
12049 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12050 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12051 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12054 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12056 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12058 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12059 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12063 ;;;***
12065 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19259
12066 ;;;;;; 35420))
12067 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12069 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12070 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12071 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12072 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12074 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12075 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12076 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12077 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12079 \(fn)" t nil)
12081 ;;;***
12083 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12084 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
12085 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12087 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12088 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12090 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12092 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12093 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12094 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12095 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12097 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12099 \(fn)" t nil)
12101 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12102 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12103 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12104 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12105 to be updated.
12107 \(fn)" t nil)
12109 ;;;***
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12112 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12113 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19259 35420))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12116 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12117 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12122 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12123 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12127 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12128 Verify a hashcash payment
12130 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12132 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12133 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12134 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12135 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12136 `mail-add-payment-async').
12138 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12140 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12141 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12142 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12143 Calculation is asynchronous.
12145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12147 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12148 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12149 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12153 ;;;***
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12156 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12157 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12158 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19259 35421))
12159 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12161 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12162 Return the help-echo string at point.
12163 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12164 property, or nil, is returned.
12165 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12166 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12167 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12169 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12171 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12172 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12173 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12174 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12175 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12177 \(fn)" nil nil)
12179 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12180 Display local help in the echo area.
12181 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12182 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12183 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12184 printed instead.
12186 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12187 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12188 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12192 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12193 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12194 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12199 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12200 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12202 \(fn)" t nil)
12204 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12205 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12206 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12207 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12208 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12209 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12210 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12211 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12212 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12213 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12214 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12216 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12217 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12218 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12219 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12220 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12222 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12223 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12224 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12225 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12226 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12227 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12228 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12229 The default is `never'.")
12231 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12233 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12234 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12235 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12236 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12237 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12238 considered different regions.
12240 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12241 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12242 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12243 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12244 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12245 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12246 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12247 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12248 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12250 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12252 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12253 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12254 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12255 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12256 different regions.
12258 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12259 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12260 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12261 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12262 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12263 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12264 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12265 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12267 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12268 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12269 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12270 rarely happens in practice.
12272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12274 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12275 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12276 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12277 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12278 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12279 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12283 ;;;***
12285 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12286 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12287 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12288 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
12289 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12291 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12292 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12294 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12296 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12297 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12298 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12300 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12302 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12303 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12304 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12305 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12306 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12307 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12308 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12309 search for a function definition.
12311 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12312 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12313 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12314 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12315 suitable file is found, return nil.
12317 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12319 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12320 Not documented
12322 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12324 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12325 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12326 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12327 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12329 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12331 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12332 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12333 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12334 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12335 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12336 it is displayed along with the global value.
12338 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12340 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12341 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12342 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12343 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12347 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12348 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12349 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12350 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12351 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12355 ;;;***
12357 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12358 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
12359 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12361 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12362 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12363 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12364 window listing and describing the options.
12365 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12366 gives the window that lists the options.")
12368 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12370 ;;;***
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12373 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12374 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19259
12375 ;;;;;; 35421))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12378 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12379 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12380 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12381 Commands:
12382 \\{help-mode-map}
12384 \(fn)" t nil)
12386 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12387 Not documented
12389 \(fn)" nil nil)
12391 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12392 Not documented
12394 \(fn)" nil nil)
12396 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12397 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12399 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12400 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12401 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12402 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12404 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12405 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12406 restore it properly when going back.
12408 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12410 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12411 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12412 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12413 current buffer.
12414 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12415 exists, it is created.
12417 \(fn)" nil nil)
12419 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12420 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12422 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12423 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12424 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12425 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12426 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12427 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12428 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12429 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12431 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12432 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12433 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12434 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12436 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12437 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12438 that.
12440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12442 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12443 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12444 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12445 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12446 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12447 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12449 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12451 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12452 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12453 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12454 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12455 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12457 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12459 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12460 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12462 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12464 ;;;***
12466 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12467 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19259 35421))
12468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12470 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12471 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12473 \(fn)" t nil)
12475 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12476 Provide help for current mode.
12478 \(fn)" t nil)
12480 ;;;***
12482 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12483 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19259 35421))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12486 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12487 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12488 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12489 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12490 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12492 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12493 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12495 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12496 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12497 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12498 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12500 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12501 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12502 periods.
12504 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12505 in hexl format.
12507 A sample format:
12509 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12510 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12511 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12512 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12513 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12514 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12515 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12516 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12517 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12518 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12519 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12520 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12521 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12522 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12523 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12525 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12526 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12527 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12529 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12530 also supported.
12532 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12534 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12535 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12536 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12538 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12539 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12540 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12542 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12543 into the buffer at the current point.
12545 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12546 into the buffer at the current point.
12548 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12549 into the buffer at the current point.
12551 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12553 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12554 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12556 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12558 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12562 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12563 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12564 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12565 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12569 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12570 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12571 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12573 \(fn)" t nil)
12575 ;;;***
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12578 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12579 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12580 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12583 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12584 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12586 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12587 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12588 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12589 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12590 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12591 called interactively, are:
12593 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12594 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12596 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12597 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12598 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12599 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12601 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12602 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12604 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12605 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12607 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12608 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12609 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12610 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12611 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12612 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12613 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12614 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12615 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12616 function returns t.
12618 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12619 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12621 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12622 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12623 form:
12624 Hi-lock: FOO
12625 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12626 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12627 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12628 Patterns will be read until
12629 Hi-lock: end
12630 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12634 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12635 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12636 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12639 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12641 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12643 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12644 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12645 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12646 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12647 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12651 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12653 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12654 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12656 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12657 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12658 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12659 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12660 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12662 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12664 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12666 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12667 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12669 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12670 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12671 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12672 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12673 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12675 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12677 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12679 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12680 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12682 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12683 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12685 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12687 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12689 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12690 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12692 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12693 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12694 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12695 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12696 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12698 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12700 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12701 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12703 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12704 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12705 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12707 \(fn)" t nil)
12709 ;;;***
12711 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12712 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12715 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12716 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12717 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12718 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12719 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12720 how the hiding is done:
12722 `hide-ifdef-env'
12723 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12724 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12725 is used.
12727 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12728 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12729 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12730 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12731 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12733 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12734 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12735 #endif lines when hiding.
12737 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12738 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12739 is activated.
12741 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12742 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12743 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12745 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12749 ;;;***
12751 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12752 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
12753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12755 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12756 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12757 Each element has the form
12758 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12760 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12761 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12763 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12764 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12766 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12767 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12768 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12769 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12770 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12771 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12773 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12774 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12776 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12777 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12779 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12780 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12781 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12783 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12784 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12785 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12786 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12787 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12789 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12790 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12791 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12793 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12794 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12796 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12798 Key bindings:
12799 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12803 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12804 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12806 \(fn)" nil nil)
12808 ;;;***
12810 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12811 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12812 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12813 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12814 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19259
12815 ;;;;;; 35421))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12818 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12819 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12821 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12823 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12824 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12825 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12826 on and off.
12828 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12829 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12830 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12831 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12832 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12833 through various faces.
12834 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12835 buffer with the contents of a file
12836 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12840 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12841 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12843 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12844 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12845 in a distinctive face.
12847 The default value can be customized with variable
12848 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12850 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12854 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12855 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12856 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12858 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12860 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12861 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12863 \(fn)" t nil)
12865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12866 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12868 \(fn)" t nil)
12870 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12871 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12873 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12874 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12875 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12876 shown in the last face in the list.
12878 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12879 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12880 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12882 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12884 \(fn)" t nil)
12886 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12887 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12889 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12891 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12892 to save the file.
12894 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12895 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12897 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12898 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12899 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12901 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12903 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12904 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12906 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12907 this function is called interactively.
12909 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12910 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12911 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12913 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12914 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12915 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12917 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12919 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12920 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12921 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12924 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12926 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12928 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12929 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12930 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12931 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12932 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12936 ;;;***
12938 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12939 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12940 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12941 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12942 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19259 35421))
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12945 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
12946 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12947 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12948 or insert functions in this list.")
12950 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
12952 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12953 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12955 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
12957 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12958 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12960 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
12962 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12963 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12965 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
12967 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12968 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12970 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
12972 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12973 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12974 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12976 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12978 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
12979 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12980 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12981 \(as atoms)")
12983 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12985 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12986 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12987 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12988 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12989 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12991 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
12993 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
12994 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12995 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12996 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12997 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12998 expansions.
12999 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13000 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13001 undoes the expansion.
13003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13005 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13006 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13007 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13008 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13010 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13012 ;;;***
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13015 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
13016 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13018 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13019 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13020 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13022 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13023 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13024 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13025 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13026 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13028 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13029 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13030 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13031 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13036 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13037 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13040 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13042 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13044 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13045 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13046 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13048 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13049 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13053 ;;;***
13055 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13056 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13057 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13058 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13059 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19259 35421))
13060 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13062 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13063 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13064 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13066 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13068 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13070 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13072 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13073 Oriental holidays.
13074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13076 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13078 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13080 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13082 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13083 Local holidays.
13084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13088 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13092 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13093 User defined holidays.
13094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13098 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13102 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13103 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13105 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13107 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13108 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13110 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13112 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13113 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13115 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13117 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13118 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13120 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13122 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13123 Jewish holidays.
13124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13126 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13128 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13130 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13132 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13133 Christian holidays.
13134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13136 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13138 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13142 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13143 Islamic holidays.
13144 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13146 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13148 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13150 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13152 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13153 Baha'i holidays.
13154 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13156 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13158 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13160 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13162 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13163 Sun-related holidays.
13164 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13166 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13168 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13170 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13172 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13174 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13175 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13176 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13177 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13181 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13182 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13183 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13184 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13185 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13187 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13188 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13190 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13191 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13193 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13194 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13195 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13196 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13197 of a holiday list.
13199 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13201 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13203 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13205 ;;;***
13207 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19259
13208 ;;;;;; 35421))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13211 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13212 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13214 \(fn)" t nil)
13216 ;;;***
13218 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13219 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19259
13220 ;;;;;; 35421))
13221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13223 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13224 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13226 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13227 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13228 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13230 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13231 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13232 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13233 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13234 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13235 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13237 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13238 title of the column.
13240 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13241 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13242 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13243 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13244 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13246 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13248 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13249 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13250 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13251 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13252 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13254 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13255 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13256 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13258 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13260 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13261 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13262 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13263 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13264 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13265 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13267 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13268 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13269 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13270 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13271 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13272 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13273 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13274 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13275 values are:
13276 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13277 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13278 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13279 buffer's modification flag.
13280 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13281 prompted before performing this operation.
13282 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13283 operation is complete, in the form:
13284 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13285 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13286 confirmation message, in the form:
13287 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13288 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13289 macro for exactly what it does.
13291 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13293 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13294 Define a filter named NAME.
13295 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13296 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13297 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13299 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13300 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13301 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13302 bound to the current value of the filter.
13304 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13306 ;;;***
13308 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13309 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19259 35421))
13310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13312 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13313 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13314 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13315 buffers which are visiting a file.
13317 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13319 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13320 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13321 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13322 buffers which are visiting a file.
13324 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13326 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13327 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13328 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13330 All arguments are optional.
13331 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13332 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13333 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13334 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13335 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13336 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13337 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13338 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13339 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13340 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13341 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13342 that value locally in this buffer.
13344 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13346 ;;;***
13348 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13349 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13350 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19259 35421))
13351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13353 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13354 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13355 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13356 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13358 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13360 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13361 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13362 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13363 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13364 ICAL-FILENAME.
13365 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13366 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13367 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13369 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13371 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13372 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13373 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13374 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13375 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13376 non-marking or not.
13378 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13380 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13381 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13383 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13384 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13385 DIARY-FILE.
13387 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13388 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13389 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13391 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13392 non-marking.
13394 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13395 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13396 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13398 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13400 ;;;***
13402 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19259
13403 ;;;;;; 35421))
13404 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13406 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13407 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13408 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13411 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13413 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13415 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13416 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13417 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13418 otherwise turn it off.
13420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13422 ;;;***
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19259 35421))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13427 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13428 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13429 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13430 Tab indents for Icon code.
13431 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13432 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13433 \\{icon-mode-map}
13434 Variables controlling indentation style:
13435 icon-tab-always-indent
13436 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13438 icon-auto-newline
13439 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13440 inserted in Icon code.
13441 icon-indent-level
13442 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13443 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13444 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13445 icon-continued-statement-offset
13446 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13447 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13448 icon-continued-brace-offset
13449 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13450 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13451 icon-brace-offset
13452 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13453 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13454 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13455 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13457 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13458 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13460 \(fn)" t nil)
13462 ;;;***
13464 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13465 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
13466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13468 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13469 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13470 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13471 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13473 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13474 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13475 separate frames.
13477 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13478 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13480 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13481 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13482 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13486 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13488 ;;;***
13490 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13491 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13494 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13495 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13497 The main features of this mode are
13499 1. Indentation and Formatting
13500 --------------------------
13501 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13502 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13504 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13505 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13506 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13507 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13509 Comments are indented as follows:
13511 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13512 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13513 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13515 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13517 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13518 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13519 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13520 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13521 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13522 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13524 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13525 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13526 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13527 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13529 2. Routine Info
13530 ------------
13531 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13532 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13533 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13534 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13535 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13536 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13537 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13538 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13539 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13540 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13542 3. Online IDL Help
13543 ---------------
13545 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13546 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13547 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13548 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13550 4. Completion
13551 ----------
13552 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13553 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13554 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13555 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13556 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13557 upper case.
13559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13560 --------------------------------
13561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13565 \\fu FUNCTION template
13566 \\c CASE statement template
13567 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13568 \\f FOR loop template
13569 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13570 \\w WHILE loop template
13571 \\i IF statement template
13572 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13573 \\b BEGIN
13575 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13576 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13578 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13579 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13580 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13581 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13583 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13584 -------------------------
13585 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13586 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13588 7. Automatic END completion
13589 ------------------------
13590 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13591 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13593 8. Hooks
13594 -----
13595 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13596 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13598 9. Documentation and Customization
13599 -------------------------------
13600 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13601 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13602 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13603 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13604 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13606 10.Keybindings
13607 -----------
13608 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13609 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13610 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13612 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13614 \(fn)" t nil)
13616 ;;;***
13618 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13619 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13620 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13621 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13622 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13623 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13624 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13625 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19259
13626 ;;;;;; 35421))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13629 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13630 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13631 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13632 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13633 displaying...)
13634 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13635 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13636 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13639 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13641 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13643 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13644 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13645 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13646 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13647 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13648 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13649 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13650 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13651 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13655 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13656 Switch to another buffer.
13657 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13658 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13659 in another frame.
13661 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13662 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13663 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13664 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13665 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13667 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13668 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13670 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13671 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13673 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13674 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13675 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13676 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13677 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13678 in a separate window.
13679 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13680 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13681 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13682 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13683 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13684 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13685 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13686 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13687 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13689 \(fn)" t nil)
13691 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13692 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13696 \(fn)" t nil)
13698 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13699 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13700 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13703 \(fn)" t nil)
13705 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13706 Kill a buffer.
13707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13710 \(fn)" t nil)
13712 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13713 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13714 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13717 \(fn)" t nil)
13719 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13720 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13721 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13722 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13724 \(fn)" t nil)
13726 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13727 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13729 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13731 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13732 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13733 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13734 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13735 visible in another frame.
13737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13738 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13739 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13740 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13741 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13742 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13744 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13745 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13747 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13748 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13750 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13751 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13752 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13753 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13754 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13755 in a separate window.
13756 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13757 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13758 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13759 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13760 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13761 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13762 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13763 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13764 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13765 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13766 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13767 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13768 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13769 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13770 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13772 \(fn)" t nil)
13774 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13775 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13776 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13779 \(fn)" t nil)
13781 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13782 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13783 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13786 \(fn)" t nil)
13788 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13789 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13790 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13793 \(fn)" t nil)
13795 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13796 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13797 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13800 \(fn)" t nil)
13802 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13803 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13804 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13807 \(fn)" t nil)
13809 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13810 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13811 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13814 \(fn)" t nil)
13816 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13817 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13821 \(fn)" t nil)
13823 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13824 Write current buffer to a file.
13825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13828 \(fn)" t nil)
13830 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13831 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13833 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13837 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13838 Call `dired' the ido way.
13839 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13840 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13844 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13845 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13846 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13847 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13848 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13849 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13851 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13853 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13854 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13855 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13856 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13858 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13860 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13861 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13862 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13863 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13865 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13867 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13868 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13869 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13870 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13871 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13872 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13873 with `completing-read'.
13874 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13875 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13876 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13877 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13878 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13879 with point positioned at the end.
13880 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13881 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13883 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13885 ;;;***
13887 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19259 35421))
13888 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13889 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13891 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
13892 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13893 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13895 \(fn)" t nil)
13897 ;;;***
13899 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13900 ;;;;;; (19259 35421))
13901 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13903 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13904 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13906 \(fn)" t nil)
13908 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
13909 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913 ;;;***
13915 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13916 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13917 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13918 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13919 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19259 35421))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13922 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
13923 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13924 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13925 be determined.
13927 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13929 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
13930 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13931 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13932 be determined.
13934 \(fn)" nil nil)
13936 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
13937 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13938 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13939 be determined.
13941 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13943 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
13944 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13945 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13946 be determined.
13948 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13950 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
13951 Determine and return image type.
13952 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
13953 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13954 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13955 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
13956 use its file extension as image type.
13957 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
13959 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
13961 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
13962 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13963 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13965 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13967 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
13968 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
13969 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
13971 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
13972 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
13973 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
13974 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
13975 must be available.
13977 \(fn)" nil nil)
13979 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
13980 Create an image.
13981 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13982 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13983 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13984 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13985 use its file extension as image type.
13986 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13987 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13988 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13989 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13991 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
13993 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
13994 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
13995 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
13997 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13999 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14000 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14001 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14002 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14003 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14004 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14005 POS may be an integer or marker.
14006 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14007 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14008 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14009 means display it in the right marginal area.
14011 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14013 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14014 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14015 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14016 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14017 defaulted if you omit it.
14018 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14019 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14020 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14021 means display it in the right marginal area.
14022 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14023 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14024 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14025 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14026 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14028 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14030 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14031 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14032 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14033 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14034 defaulted if you omit it.
14035 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14036 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14037 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14038 means display it in the right marginal area.
14039 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14041 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14043 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14044 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14045 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14046 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14048 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14050 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14051 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14053 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14055 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14056 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14057 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14058 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14059 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14060 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14061 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14062 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14063 satisfied.
14065 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14067 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14069 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14071 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14072 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14074 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14075 documentation string.
14077 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14078 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14079 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14080 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14081 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14082 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14083 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14084 define SYMBOL.
14086 Example:
14088 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14089 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14091 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14093 ;;;***
14095 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14096 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14097 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14098 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14099 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14100 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14101 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14102 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19259 35421))
14103 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14105 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14106 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14110 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14111 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14113 Convenience command that:
14115 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14116 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14117 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14119 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14120 image files in dired and type
14121 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14123 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14125 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14126 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14128 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14130 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14131 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14132 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14133 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14134 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14135 another one).
14137 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14138 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14139 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14141 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14142 instead of erasing it first.
14144 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14145 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14146 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14147 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14148 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14149 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14151 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14153 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14154 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14155 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14156 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14157 displayed.
14159 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14161 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14163 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14165 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14166 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14170 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14171 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14172 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14176 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14177 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14181 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14182 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14183 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14184 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14186 \(fn)" t nil)
14188 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14189 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14191 \(fn)" t nil)
14193 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14194 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14196 \(fn)" t nil)
14198 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14199 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14201 \(fn)" t nil)
14203 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14204 Display current image file.
14205 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14206 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14211 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14213 \(fn)" t nil)
14215 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14216 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14217 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14218 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14219 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14220 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14221 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14223 \(fn)" t nil)
14225 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14226 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14227 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14228 easy-to-use form.
14230 \(fn)" t nil)
14232 ;;;***
14234 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14235 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14236 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19259 35421))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14239 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14240 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14241 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14242 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14244 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14245 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14246 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14247 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14249 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14251 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14252 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14253 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14254 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14256 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14257 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14258 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14259 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14261 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14263 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14264 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14266 \(fn)" nil nil)
14268 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14269 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14270 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14271 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14273 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14275 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14276 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14277 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14279 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14280 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14282 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14284 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14285 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14286 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14287 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14289 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14290 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14291 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14295 ;;;***
14297 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14298 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19259 35421))
14299 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14300 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14301 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14302 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14303 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14304 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14305 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14306 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14307 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14308 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14310 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14311 Major mode for image files.
14312 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14313 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14315 \(fn)" t nil)
14317 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14318 Toggle Image minor mode.
14319 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14320 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14321 to display an image file as the actual image.
14323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14325 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14326 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14327 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14328 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14329 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14330 to display an image file as the actual image.
14332 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14333 to display an image file as text inititally.
14335 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14336 on these modes.
14338 \(fn)" t nil)
14340 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14341 Not documented
14343 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14345 ;;;***
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14348 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19259 35421))
14349 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14351 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14352 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14354 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14356 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14357 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14358 in the buffer.
14360 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14362 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14363 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14364 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14366 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14368 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14369 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14371 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14372 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14373 pattern's structure.
14375 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14376 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14377 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14378 during matching.")
14379 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14381 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14383 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14384 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14386 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14387 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14388 called within a `save-excursion'.
14390 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14392 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14394 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14395 Function for finding the next index position.
14397 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14398 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14399 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14400 file.
14402 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14403 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14405 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14407 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14408 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14410 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14411 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14412 It should return the name for that index item.")
14414 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14416 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14417 Function to compare string with index item.
14419 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14420 non-nil if they match.
14422 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14423 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14424 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14425 arguments match\".")
14427 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14429 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14430 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14431 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14433 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14434 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14436 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14438 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14440 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14441 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14442 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14443 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14445 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14447 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14448 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14450 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14452 \(fn)" t nil)
14454 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14455 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14456 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14457 for more information.
14459 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14461 ;;;***
14463 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14464 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14465 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19259 35422))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14468 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14469 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14473 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14474 Not documented
14476 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14478 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14479 Not documented
14481 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14483 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14484 Not documented
14486 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14488 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14489 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14491 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14493 ;;;***
14495 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14496 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14497 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19259 35422))
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14500 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14501 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14502 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14503 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14504 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14506 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14508 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14509 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14511 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14513 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14514 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14515 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14516 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14517 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14518 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14519 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14520 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14522 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14524 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14525 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14526 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14527 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14528 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14530 This variable is only used if the variable
14531 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14533 More precise choices:
14534 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14535 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14536 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14538 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14540 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14542 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14543 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14545 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14546 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14547 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14548 to that buffer.
14549 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14550 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14551 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14554 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14555 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14557 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14559 ;;;***
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14562 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14563 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14564 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14565 ;;;;;; (19259 35422))
14566 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14568 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14569 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14571 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14572 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14573 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14575 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14576 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14577 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14578 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14579 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14580 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14581 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14582 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14583 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14584 with the top-level Info directory.
14586 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14587 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14588 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14589 appended to the Info buffer name.
14591 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14592 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14593 in all the directories in that path.
14595 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14597 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14599 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14600 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14602 \(fn)" t nil)
14604 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14605 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14606 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14607 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14609 \(fn)" nil nil)
14611 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14612 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14613 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14614 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14616 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14618 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14619 Go to the Info directory node.
14621 \(fn)" t nil)
14623 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14624 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14625 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14626 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14627 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14628 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14630 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14632 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14633 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14634 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14636 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14638 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14639 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14641 \(fn)" t nil)
14643 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14644 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14645 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14646 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14647 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14649 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14650 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14652 Selecting other nodes:
14653 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14654 Follow a node reference you click on.
14655 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14656 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14657 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14658 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14659 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14660 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14661 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14662 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14663 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14664 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14665 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14666 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14667 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14668 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14669 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14670 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14671 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14672 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14673 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14674 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14676 Moving within a node:
14677 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14678 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14679 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14680 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14681 move up to the parent node.
14682 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14683 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14684 if there is none.
14685 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14687 Advanced commands:
14688 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14689 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14690 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14691 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14692 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14693 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14694 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14695 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14696 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14697 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14698 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14699 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14700 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14701 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14702 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14703 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14705 \(fn)" nil nil)
14706 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14708 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14709 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14710 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14711 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14712 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14713 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14715 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14716 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14718 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14719 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14720 KEY is a string.
14721 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14722 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14723 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14724 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14726 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14728 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14729 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14730 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14734 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14735 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14736 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14738 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14740 ;;;***
14742 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14743 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14744 ;;;;;; (19259 35422))
14745 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14747 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14748 Throw away all cached data.
14749 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14750 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14751 system.
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14756 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14757 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14758 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14759 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14760 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14761 one found at point.
14763 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14765 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14766 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14768 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14769 Display the documentation of a file.
14770 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14771 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14772 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14773 The default file name is the one found at point.
14775 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14777 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14779 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14780 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14785 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14787 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14789 ;;;***
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14792 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19259 35422))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14795 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14796 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14798 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14800 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14801 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14802 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14804 \(fn)" t nil)
14806 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14807 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14808 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14810 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14811 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14812 quite a while.
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14816 ;;;***
14818 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14819 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19259 35422))
14820 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14822 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14823 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14825 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14827 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14828 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14830 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14832 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14833 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14834 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14835 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14837 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14838 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14839 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14841 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14842 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14843 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14844 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14846 \(fn)" t nil)
14848 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14849 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14850 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14852 \(fn)" t nil)
14854 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14855 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14856 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14857 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14860 \(fn)" nil nil)
14862 ;;;***
14864 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14865 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14866 ;;;;;; (19259 35422))
14867 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14869 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14870 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14874 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14875 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14879 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
14880 Not documented
14882 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14884 ;;;***
14886 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19259
14887 ;;;;;; 35422))
14888 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14890 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
14891 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14892 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14893 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14894 accessed via isearchb.
14896 \(fn)" t nil)
14898 ;;;***
14900 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14901 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14902 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14903 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19259 35422))
14904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14906 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
14907 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14908 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14909 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14910 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14912 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14914 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
14915 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14916 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14917 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14922 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
14923 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14924 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14925 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14926 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14928 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14930 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14931 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14933 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14938 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14939 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14940 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14941 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14946 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
14947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14949 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14954 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
14955 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14957 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14962 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
14963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14964 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14965 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14967 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14969 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
14970 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14971 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14972 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14974 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14976 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
14977 Warn that format is read-only.
14979 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14981 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
14982 Warn that format is write-only.
14984 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
14986 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
14987 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14989 \(fn)" t nil)
14991 ;;;***
14993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14994 ;;;;;; (19259 35422))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14996 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14997 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14998 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15000 ;;;***
15002 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15003 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15004 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15005 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15006 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19259 35422))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15008 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15010 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15011 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15012 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15013 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15014 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15016 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15017 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15019 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15020 Key map for ispell menu.")
15022 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15023 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15024 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15025 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15027 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15033 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15035 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15036 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15037 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15038 Valid forms include:
15039 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15040 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15041 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15042 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15044 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15045 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15046 First list is used raw.
15047 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15049 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15050 for skipping in latex mode.")
15052 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15053 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15054 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15055 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15056 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15057 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15058 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15060 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15061 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15062 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15063 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15065 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15066 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15067 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15068 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15069 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15071 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15072 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15074 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15075 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15077 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15078 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15080 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15081 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15083 Return values:
15084 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15085 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15086 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15087 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15088 quit spell session exited.
15090 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15092 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15093 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15094 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15096 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15098 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15099 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15101 Selections are:
15103 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15104 SPC: Accept word this time.
15105 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15106 `a': Accept word for this session.
15107 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15108 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15109 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15110 `?': Show these commands.
15111 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15112 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15113 the aborted check to be completed later.
15114 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15115 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15116 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15117 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15118 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15119 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15120 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15122 \(fn)" nil nil)
15124 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15125 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15126 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15128 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15130 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15131 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15132 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15133 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15135 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15137 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15139 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15140 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15141 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15142 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15144 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15146 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15147 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15151 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15152 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15156 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15157 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15159 \(fn)" t nil)
15161 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15162 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15163 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15164 sequence inside of a word.
15166 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15168 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15171 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15173 \(fn)" t nil)
15175 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15176 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15177 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15178 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15180 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15181 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15182 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15183 available on the net.
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15187 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15188 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15189 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15190 otherwise turn it off.
15192 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15193 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15195 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15196 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15200 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15201 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15202 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15203 Don't check included messages.
15205 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15206 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15207 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15209 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15210 in your .emacs file:
15211 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15212 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15213 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15214 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15216 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15217 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15218 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15222 ;;;***
15224 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19259
15225 ;;;;;; 35422))
15226 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15228 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15229 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15230 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15233 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15235 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15237 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15238 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15239 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15240 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15241 `iswitchb' for details.
15243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15245 ;;;***
15247 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15248 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15249 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15250 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19259 35422))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15253 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15254 Not documented
15256 \(fn)" nil nil)
15258 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15259 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15260 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15261 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15262 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15263 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15264 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15265 necessary to represent OBJ.
15267 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15269 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15270 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15271 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15272 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15274 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15276 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15277 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15280 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15282 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15284 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15285 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15286 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15287 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15289 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15291 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15292 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15293 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15294 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15296 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15298 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15299 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15304 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15305 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15306 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15307 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15309 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15311 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15312 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15313 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15314 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15315 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15317 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15319 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15320 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15321 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15323 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15325 ;;;***
15327 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15328 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19259 35423))
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15331 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15332 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15333 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15334 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15336 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15337 Not documented
15339 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15341 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15342 Uninstall jka-compr.
15343 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15344 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15345 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15347 \(fn)" nil nil)
15349 ;;;***
15351 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19259 35423))
15352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15354 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15355 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15357 Key bindings:
15359 \\{js-mode-map}
15361 \(fn)" t nil)
15363 ;;;***
15365 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15366 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15367 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
15368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15370 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15371 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15372 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15373 decimal key must be specified.")
15375 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15377 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15378 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15379 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15380 decimal key must be specified.")
15382 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15384 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15385 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15386 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15387 decimal key must be specified.")
15389 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15391 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15392 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15393 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15394 decimal key must be specified.")
15396 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15398 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15399 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15400 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15401 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15402 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15403 keys are bound.
15405 Setup Binding
15406 -------------------------------------------------------------
15407 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15408 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15409 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15410 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15411 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15412 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15413 in the global and local keymaps.
15415 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15416 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15418 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15420 ;;;***
15422 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15423 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
15424 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15426 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15427 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15428 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15430 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15431 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15432 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15433 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15434 shorter.
15436 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15437 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15438 the context of text formatting.
15440 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15442 ;;;***
15444 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19259
15445 ;;;;;; 35423))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15448 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15449 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15450 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15451 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15452 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15453 positions that contains the current selection.")
15455 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15456 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15457 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15458 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15459 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15460 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15461 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15463 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15465 ;;;***
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15468 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15469 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15470 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19259 35423))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15472 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15473 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15474 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15475 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15476 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15477 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15478 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15480 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15481 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15483 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15485 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15486 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15487 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15488 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15489 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15491 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15493 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15494 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15495 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15497 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15498 defining the macro.
15500 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15501 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15502 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15504 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15505 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15509 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15510 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15511 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15512 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15513 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15514 under that name.
15516 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15517 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15518 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15520 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15522 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15523 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15524 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15526 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15527 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15528 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15529 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15531 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15532 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15534 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15536 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15537 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15538 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15540 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15541 macro.
15543 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15544 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15546 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15547 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15548 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15550 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15551 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15553 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15555 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15556 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15557 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15558 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15560 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15562 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15563 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15564 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15565 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15567 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15568 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15570 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15572 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15573 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15574 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15576 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15578 ;;;***
15580 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15581 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19259 35423))
15582 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15584 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15585 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15586 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15588 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15589 Not documented
15591 \(fn)" nil nil)
15593 ;;;***
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15596 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
15597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15599 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15601 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15602 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15606 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15608 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15609 Start or resume an Lm game.
15610 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15611 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15613 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15614 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15615 none / 1 | yes | no
15616 2 | yes | yes
15617 3 | no | yes
15618 4 | no | no
15620 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15621 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15622 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15624 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15626 ;;;***
15628 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15629 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15630 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19259 35423))
15631 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15633 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15634 Not documented
15636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15638 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15639 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15640 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15641 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15642 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15643 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15645 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15646 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15648 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15650 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15651 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15653 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15655 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15656 Not documented
15658 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15660 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15661 Not documented
15663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15665 ;;;***
15667 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15668 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15669 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19259 35423))
15670 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15672 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15673 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15674 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15675 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15677 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15679 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15680 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15681 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15683 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15685 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15686 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15687 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15689 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15691 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15692 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15693 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15694 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15696 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15698 ;;;***
15700 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15701 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19259 35423))
15702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15704 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15705 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15706 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15707 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15708 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15709 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15710 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15711 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15713 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15714 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15717 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15719 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15721 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15722 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15723 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15724 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15725 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15726 `latin1-display-setup'.
15728 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15730 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15731 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15732 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15733 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15736 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15738 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15740 ;;;***
15742 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15743 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15746 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15748 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15750 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15752 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15753 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15755 \(fn)" t nil)
15757 ;;;***
15759 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15760 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
15761 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15763 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15764 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15766 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15767 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15769 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15770 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15772 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15773 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15774 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15775 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15776 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15777 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15778 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15779 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15780 and transmit saved text.
15782 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15783 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15784 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15786 \(fn)" t nil)
15788 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15789 Not documented
15791 \(fn)" nil nil)
15793 ;;;***
15795 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19259 35423))
15796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15798 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15799 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15800 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15801 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15802 generations (this defaults to 1).
15804 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15806 ;;;***
15808 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15809 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19259 35423))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15812 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15813 Format used to display line numbers.
15814 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15815 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15816 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15817 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15819 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15821 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15822 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15826 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15827 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15828 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15831 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15833 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15835 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15836 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15837 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15838 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
15839 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15843 ;;;***
15845 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19259
15846 ;;;;;; 35423))
15847 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15849 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15850 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15851 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15852 is nil, raise an error.
15854 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15855 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15856 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15857 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15858 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15859 defined by the library.
15861 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15862 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15863 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15864 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15865 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15866 proceeds.
15868 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15869 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15870 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15871 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15873 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15875 ;;;***
15877 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15878 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19259 35425))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15881 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15882 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15883 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15885 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15887 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15888 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15889 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15890 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15892 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15893 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15894 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15895 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15896 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15897 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15898 the version.)
15900 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15901 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15903 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15904 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15906 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15908 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15910 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15911 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15912 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15913 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15914 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15915 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15916 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15917 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15918 to constrain a big search.
15920 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15922 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15923 except that FILTER is not optional.
15925 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15927 ;;;***
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19259 35425))
15930 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15932 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15933 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15934 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15935 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15936 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15937 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15938 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15939 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15941 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15942 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15943 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15944 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15945 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15947 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15948 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15949 uses the current buffer.
15951 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15953 ;;;***
15955 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19259
15956 ;;;;;; 35425))
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15959 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15960 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15964 ;;;***
15966 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19259
15967 ;;;;;; 35425))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15970 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15971 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15972 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15973 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15974 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15976 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15977 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15978 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15980 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15981 are indicated with a symbol.
15983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15985 ;;;***
15987 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15988 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19259
15989 ;;;;;; 35425))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15992 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
15994 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
15996 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
15997 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15998 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16000 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16001 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16003 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16004 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16005 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16006 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16007 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16008 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16009 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16011 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16013 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16014 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16015 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16016 switch on this list.
16017 See `lpr-command'.")
16019 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16021 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16022 Name of program for printing a file.
16024 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16025 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16026 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16027 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16028 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16029 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16030 argument.")
16032 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16034 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16035 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16037 for customization of the printer command.
16039 \(fn)" t nil)
16041 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16042 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16044 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16045 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16046 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16047 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16049 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16050 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16053 for further customization of the printer command.
16055 \(fn)" t nil)
16057 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16058 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16059 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16060 for customization of the printer command.
16062 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16064 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16065 Paginate and print the region contents.
16067 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16068 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16069 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16070 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16072 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16073 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16076 for further customization of the printer command.
16078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16080 ;;;***
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16083 ;;;;;; (19259 35423))
16084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16086 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16087 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16088 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16090 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16092 ;;;***
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19259
16095 ;;;;;; 35423))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16098 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16099 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16100 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16101 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16105 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16107 ;;;***
16109 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19259
16110 ;;;;;; 35425))
16111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16113 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16114 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16115 \\{m4-mode-map}
16117 \(fn)" t nil)
16119 ;;;***
16121 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16122 ;;;;;; (19259 35425))
16123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16125 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16126 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16127 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16128 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16129 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16131 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16133 ;;;***
16135 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16136 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19259 35425))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16139 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16140 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16141 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16142 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16143 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16145 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16147 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16148 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16149 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16150 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16152 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16153 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16154 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16155 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16156 bindings.
16158 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16159 use this command, and then save the file.
16161 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16163 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16164 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16165 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16166 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16167 each time the macro executes.
16168 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16169 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16170 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16171 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16172 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16173 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16174 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16176 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16178 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16179 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16180 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16181 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16183 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16184 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16185 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16186 execute.
16188 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16189 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16191 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16192 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16193 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16194 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16195 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16197 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16198 looked like this:
16200 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16201 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16202 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16204 You could enter the names in this format:
16210 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16212 \\C-x (
16213 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16214 \\C-x )
16216 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16217 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16219 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16220 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16222 ;;;***
16224 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16225 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19259 35425))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16228 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16229 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16230 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16231 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16232 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16233 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16235 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16236 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16237 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16238 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16239 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16241 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16242 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16243 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16244 consing a string.)
16246 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16248 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16249 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16251 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16253 ;;;***
16255 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16256 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16257 ;;;;;; (19259 35425))
16258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16260 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16261 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16263 \(fn)" nil nil)
16265 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16266 Not documented
16268 \(fn)" nil nil)
16270 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16271 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16273 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16275 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16276 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16277 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16278 message.
16280 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16282 \(fn)" nil nil)
16284 ;;;***
16286 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16287 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16288 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16289 ;;;;;; (19259 35425))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16292 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16293 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16294 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16295 often correct parser.")
16297 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16299 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16300 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16304 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16305 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16306 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16307 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16309 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16311 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16312 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16313 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16314 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16316 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16318 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16319 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16320 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16321 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16323 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16325 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16326 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16327 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16328 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16329 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16330 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16331 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16332 as Rmail does.
16334 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16336 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16337 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16338 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16339 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16340 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16341 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16342 matches may be returned from the message body.
16344 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16346 ;;;***
16348 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16349 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19259
16350 ;;;;;; 35425))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16353 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16354 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16355 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16357 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16358 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16360 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16362 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16363 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16367 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16368 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16370 \(fn)" nil nil)
16372 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16373 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16374 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16376 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16378 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16379 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16380 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16382 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16383 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16384 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16385 double-quotes.
16387 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16389 ;;;***
16391 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16392 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19259
16393 ;;;;;; 35425))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16396 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16397 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16398 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16399 king@grassland.com
16400 If `parens', they look like:
16401 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16402 If `angles', they look like:
16403 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16405 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16407 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16408 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16409 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16410 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16411 their `Resent-' variants.
16413 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16414 removed from alias expansions.
16416 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16418 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16419 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16420 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16422 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16423 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16424 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16425 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16427 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16429 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16430 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16431 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16432 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16436 ;;;***
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16439 ;;;;;; (19259 35425))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16442 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16443 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16444 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16445 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16447 \(fn)" nil nil)
16449 ;;;***
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16452 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16453 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19259 35425))
16454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16456 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16457 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16459 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16460 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16461 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16462 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16463 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16464 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16466 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16467 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16468 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16469 dependency, despite the colon.
16471 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16473 In the browser, use the following keys:
16475 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16477 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16479 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16480 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16482 `makefile-target-colon':
16483 The string that gets appended to all target names
16484 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16485 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16487 `makefile-macro-assign':
16488 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16489 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16490 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16491 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16492 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16493 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16495 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16496 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16497 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16499 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16500 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16502 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16503 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16504 up or down in the browser.
16506 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16507 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16509 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16510 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16512 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16513 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16514 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16515 has been selected in the browser.
16517 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16518 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16519 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16520 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16521 filenames are omitted.
16523 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16524 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16525 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16526 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16527 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16528 the backslash itself intact.
16529 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16530 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16532 `makefile-browser-hook':
16533 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16534 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16536 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16537 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16538 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16539 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16541 \(fn)" t nil)
16543 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16544 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16546 \(fn)" t nil)
16548 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16549 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16551 \(fn)" t nil)
16553 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16554 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16556 \(fn)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16559 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16561 \(fn)" t nil)
16563 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16564 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16566 \(fn)" t nil)
16568 ;;;***
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19259
16571 ;;;;;; 35425))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16574 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16575 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16576 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16578 \(fn)" t nil)
16580 ;;;***
16582 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19259 35425))
16583 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16585 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16587 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16588 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16589 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16590 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16591 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16592 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16593 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16594 page, it will display immediately.
16596 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16597 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16598 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16600 cat(1)
16601 1 cat
16603 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16604 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16605 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16606 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16608 -a chmod
16610 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16611 otherwise look like a page name.
16613 /my/file/name.1.gz
16614 -l somefile.1
16616 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16617 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16618 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16620 -k pattern
16622 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16624 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16625 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16627 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16629 ;;;***
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19259 35425))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16634 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16635 Toggle Master mode.
16636 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16637 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16638 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16640 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16641 following commands:
16643 \\{master-mode-map}
16645 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16646 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16647 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16651 ;;;***
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16654 ;;;;;; (19259 35425))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16657 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16658 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16659 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16662 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16664 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16666 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16667 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16668 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16669 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16670 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16672 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16673 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16677 ;;;***
16679 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16680 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16681 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16682 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16683 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16684 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16685 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19259 35425))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16688 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16690 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16691 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16692 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16693 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16694 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16695 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16696 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16697 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16698 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16699 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16700 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16701 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16702 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16703 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16704 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16705 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16706 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16707 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16708 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16709 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16710 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16711 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16712 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16713 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16714 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16715 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16716 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16717 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16718 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16719 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16720 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16721 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16722 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16723 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16724 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16725 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16726 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16727 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16729 \(fn)" t nil)
16731 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16732 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16733 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16734 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16735 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16737 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16739 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16740 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16742 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16744 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16745 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16747 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16749 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16750 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16752 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16754 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16755 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16756 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16758 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16760 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16761 Cancel an article you posted.
16762 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16766 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16767 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16768 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16769 header line with the old Message-ID.
16771 \(fn)" t nil)
16773 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16774 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16776 \(fn)" t nil)
16778 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16779 Forward the current message via mail.
16780 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16781 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16783 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16785 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16786 Not documented
16788 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16790 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16791 Not documented
16793 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16795 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16796 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16798 \(fn)" t nil)
16800 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16801 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16803 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16805 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16806 Re-mail the current message.
16807 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16808 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16809 you.
16811 \(fn)" t nil)
16813 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16814 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16816 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16818 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16819 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16821 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16823 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16824 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16826 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16828 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16829 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16831 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16833 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16834 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16835 Works by overstriking characters.
16836 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16837 which specify the range to operate on.
16839 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16841 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16842 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16843 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16844 which specify the range to operate on.
16846 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16848 ;;;***
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16854 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16855 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16856 Special commands:
16857 \\{meta-mode-map}
16859 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16860 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16862 \(fn)" t nil)
16864 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16865 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16866 Special commands:
16867 \\{meta-mode-map}
16869 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16870 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16872 \(fn)" t nil)
16874 ;;;***
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16877 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16878 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16881 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16882 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16883 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16885 \(fn)" t nil)
16887 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16888 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16889 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16890 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16891 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16892 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16893 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16898 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16902 means current).
16903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16906 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16908 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16909 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16910 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16911 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16912 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16913 means current).
16914 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16915 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16917 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16919 ;;;***
16921 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16922 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16923 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19259 35426))
16924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16926 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16927 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16928 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16930 \(fn)" t nil)
16932 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16933 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16934 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16936 \(fn)" t nil)
16938 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16939 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16941 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16942 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16943 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16945 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16946 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16948 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16949 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16951 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16953 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16955 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16956 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16957 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16958 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16959 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16960 as `compose-mail'.
16962 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16963 initial Subject field, respectively.
16965 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16966 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16967 are strings.
16969 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16970 ignored.
16972 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16974 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16975 Save draft and send message.
16977 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
16978 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
16979 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
16980 Mail Delivery*\".
16982 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
16983 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
16984 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
16986 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
16987 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
16988 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
16989 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
16990 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
16991 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
16993 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
16994 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
16996 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
16997 message and scan line.
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17001 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17002 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17004 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17005 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17006 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17007 delete the draft message.
17009 \(fn)" t nil)
17011 ;;;***
17013 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19259 35425))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17016 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17018 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17020 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17022 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17023 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17025 \(fn)" t nil)
17027 ;;;***
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17030 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19259 35426))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17033 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17034 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17035 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17037 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17038 the MH mail system.
17040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17042 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17043 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17044 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17046 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17047 the MH mail system.
17049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17051 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17052 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17054 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17055 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17056 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17057 separate command.
17059 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17060 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17061 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17062 format.
17064 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17066 Ranges
17067 ======
17068 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17069 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17070 can be used in several ways.
17072 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17073 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17074 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17075 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17076 page):
17078 <num1>-<num2>
17079 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17080 The range must be nonempty.
17082 <num>:N
17083 <num>:+N
17084 <num>:-N
17085 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17086 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17087 last.
17089 first:N
17090 prev:N
17091 next:N
17092 last:N
17093 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17096 All of the messages.
17098 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17099 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17101 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17102 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17103 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17105 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17107 \(fn)" t nil)
17109 ;;;***
17111 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17112 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19259 35426))
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17115 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17116 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17117 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17118 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17119 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17120 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17121 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17122 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17123 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17124 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17125 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17127 \(fn)" t nil)
17129 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17130 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17131 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17132 to its second argument TM.
17134 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17136 ;;;***
17138 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17139 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19259 35426))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17142 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17143 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17144 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17147 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17149 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17151 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17152 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17153 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17154 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17155 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17156 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17157 default indication.
17159 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17160 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17164 ;;;***
17166 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19259 35426))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17169 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17170 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17171 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17172 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17173 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17174 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17175 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17176 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17177 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17179 \(fn)" t nil)
17181 ;;;***
17183 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17184 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17185 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19259 35426))
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17187 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17189 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17190 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17192 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17193 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17194 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17195 next occurrence.
17197 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17198 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17199 end of the search space).
17201 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17202 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17203 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17204 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17205 should return the previous buffer to search.
17207 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17208 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17209 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17211 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17212 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17213 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17214 Isearch starts.")
17216 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17217 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17218 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17220 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17221 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17222 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17224 \(fn)" nil nil)
17226 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17227 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17228 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17229 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17230 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17231 whose names match the specified regexp.
17233 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17235 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17236 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17237 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17238 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17239 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17240 whose names match the specified regexp.
17242 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17244 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17245 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17246 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17247 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17248 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17249 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17250 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17252 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17254 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17255 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17256 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17257 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17258 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17259 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17260 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17262 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17264 ;;;***
17266 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17267 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17270 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17271 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17272 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17274 \(fn)" t nil)
17276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17278 ;;;***
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17281 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19259 35426))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17284 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17285 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17287 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17289 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17290 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17291 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17292 the entire message.
17293 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17295 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17297 ;;;***
17299 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17300 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17303 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17304 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17305 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17306 the entire message.
17307 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17309 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17311 ;;;***
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17314 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19259 35426))
17315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17317 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17318 Insert file contents of URL.
17319 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17323 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17324 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17328 ;;;***
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17331 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19259 35426))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17334 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17335 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17336 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17337 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17338 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17340 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17342 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17343 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17344 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17346 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17348 ;;;***
17350 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17351 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17354 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17355 Not documented
17357 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17359 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17360 Not documented
17362 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17364 ;;;***
17366 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17367 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17368 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19259 35426))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17371 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17372 Not documented
17374 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17376 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17377 Not documented
17379 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17381 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17382 Not documented
17384 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17386 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17387 Not documented
17389 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17391 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17392 Not documented
17394 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17396 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17397 Not documented
17399 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17401 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17402 Not documented
17404 \(fn)" nil nil)
17406 ;;;***
17408 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17409 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17412 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17413 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17414 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17415 followed by the first character of the construct.
17416 \\<m2-mode-map>
17417 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17418 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17419 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17420 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17421 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17422 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17423 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17424 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17425 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17426 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17427 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17428 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17429 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17430 \\[m2-link] link
17432 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17433 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17434 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17436 \(fn)" t nil)
17438 ;;;***
17440 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17441 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17444 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17445 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17447 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17449 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17450 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17452 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17454 ;;;***
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17457 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19259 35426))
17458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17460 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17461 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17463 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17464 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17465 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17467 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17468 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17469 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17471 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17472 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17474 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17475 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17476 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17477 hemisphere you're in.)
17479 To test this function, evaluate:
17480 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17482 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17484 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17485 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17487 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17488 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17490 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17491 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17492 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17494 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17495 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17497 To test this function, evaluate:
17498 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17500 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17502 ;;;***
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19259
17505 ;;;;;; 35426))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17508 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17509 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17510 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17511 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17512 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17513 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17515 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17517 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17518 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17519 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17520 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17522 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17524 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17526 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17528 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17529 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17530 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17531 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17532 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17533 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17535 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17536 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17537 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17538 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17539 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17541 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17542 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17544 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17545 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17547 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17549 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17550 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17551 primary selection and region.
17553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17555 ;;;***
17557 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19259 35426))
17558 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17560 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17561 Main entry point for MPC.
17563 \(fn)" t nil)
17565 ;;;***
17567 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19259 35426))
17568 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17570 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17571 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17573 \(fn)" t nil)
17575 ;;;***
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19259 35426))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17580 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17581 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17582 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17585 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17587 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17589 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17590 Toggle Msb mode.
17591 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17592 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17593 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17597 ;;;***
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17600 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17601 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17602 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17603 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17604 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17607 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17608 Display a list of all character sets.
17610 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17611 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17612 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17613 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17614 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17616 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17617 but still shows the full information.
17619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17621 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17625 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17626 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17627 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17628 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17629 meanings of these arguments.
17631 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17633 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17634 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17636 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17638 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17639 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17643 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17644 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17646 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17648 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17649 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17651 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17652 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17653 in place of `..':
17654 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17655 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17656 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17657 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17658 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17659 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17660 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17661 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17662 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17663 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17664 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17665 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17666 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17667 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17668 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17669 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17671 \(fn)" t nil)
17673 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17674 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17676 \(fn)" t nil)
17678 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17679 Display a list of all coding systems.
17680 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17682 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17683 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17687 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17688 Display a list of all coding categories.
17690 \(fn)" nil nil)
17692 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17693 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17694 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17696 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17698 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17699 Display information about FONTSET.
17700 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17702 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17704 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17705 Display a list of all fontsets.
17706 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17707 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17708 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17710 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17712 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17713 Display information about all input methods.
17715 \(fn)" t nil)
17717 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17718 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17720 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17721 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17722 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17723 system which uses fontsets).
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17728 Show log of font listing and opening.
17729 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17730 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17732 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17734 ;;;***
17736 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17737 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17738 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17739 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17740 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17741 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19259 35426))
17742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17744 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17745 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17746 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17748 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17750 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17752 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17753 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17755 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17756 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17758 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17759 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17761 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17763 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17764 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17765 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17766 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17767 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17768 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17769 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17771 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17772 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17773 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17774 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17775 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17776 middle of a character in STR.
17778 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17779 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17781 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17782 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17783 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17784 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17785 defaults to \"...\".
17787 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17789 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17790 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17792 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17793 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17794 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17796 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17797 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17798 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17800 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17801 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17802 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17803 are considered.
17804 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17805 longer than KEYSEQ.
17806 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17808 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17810 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17811 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17812 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17813 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17814 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17815 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17816 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17817 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17818 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17819 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17820 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17822 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17824 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17825 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17827 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17829 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17830 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17832 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17834 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17835 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17839 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17840 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17842 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17844 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17845 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17846 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17847 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17848 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17852 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17853 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17854 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17855 coding systems ordered by priority.
17857 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17859 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17860 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17861 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17862 language environment LANG-ENV.
17864 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17866 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17867 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17868 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17869 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17870 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17871 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17873 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17875 ;;;***
17877 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17878 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17879 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17880 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19259
17881 ;;;;;; 35426))
17882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17884 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17885 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17887 \(fn)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17890 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17892 \(fn)" t nil)
17894 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17895 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17900 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17904 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17905 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17910 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17912 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17914 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17915 Ping HOST.
17916 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17917 `ping-program-options'.
17919 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17921 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17922 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17924 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17926 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17927 Run nslookup program.
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17931 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17932 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17934 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17937 Run dig program.
17939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17941 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17942 Run ftp program.
17944 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17947 Finger USER on HOST.
17949 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17951 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17952 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17953 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17954 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17956 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17958 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17959 Not documented
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17963 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17964 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17966 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17969 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17971 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17973 ;;;***
17975 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17976 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17977 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
17978 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
17979 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
17980 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19259 35426))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17983 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
17985 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
17987 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
17989 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
17991 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
17992 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17993 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17994 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17995 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17996 Major modes should set this variable.")
17998 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17999 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18000 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18001 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18002 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18003 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18005 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18006 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18008 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18009 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18010 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18012 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18013 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18014 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18015 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18016 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18018 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18019 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18020 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18022 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18023 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18024 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18025 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18027 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18028 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18029 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18030 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18031 column indentation or nil.
18032 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18034 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18035 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18036 The function has no args.
18038 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18039 comments always start in column zero.")
18041 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18042 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18043 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18045 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18047 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18048 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18049 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18050 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18052 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18053 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18055 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18057 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18058 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18059 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18060 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18061 customize this variable.
18063 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18064 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18066 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18068 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18069 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18070 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18071 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18072 the variables are properly set.
18074 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18076 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18077 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18079 \(fn)" nil nil)
18081 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18082 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18083 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18085 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18087 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18088 Set the comment column based on point.
18089 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18090 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18091 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18092 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18097 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18098 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18100 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18102 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18103 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18104 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18105 comment markers.
18107 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18109 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18110 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18111 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18112 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18113 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18115 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18116 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18117 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18119 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18120 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18121 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18122 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18123 changed with `comment-style'.
18125 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18128 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18129 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18130 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18132 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18134 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18135 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18136 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18137 is passed on to the respective function.
18139 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18141 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18142 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18143 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18144 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18145 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18146 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18147 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18148 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18149 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18150 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18154 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18155 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18156 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18158 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18160 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18161 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18162 This indents the body of the continued comment
18163 under the previous comment line.
18165 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18166 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18167 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18169 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18170 or comment indentation.
18172 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18173 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18175 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18177 ;;;***
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18180 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19259 35427))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18183 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18184 Check whether newsticker is running.
18185 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18186 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18188 \(fn)" nil nil)
18190 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18191 Start the newsticker.
18192 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18193 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18194 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18195 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18197 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18199 ;;;***
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18202 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18205 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18206 Start newsticker plainview.
18208 \(fn)" t nil)
18210 ;;;***
18212 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18213 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18216 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18217 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18219 \(fn)" t nil)
18221 ;;;***
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18224 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19259 35427))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18227 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18228 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18229 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18230 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18231 empty.
18233 \(fn)" nil nil)
18235 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18236 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18237 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18238 running already.
18240 \(fn)" t nil)
18242 ;;;***
18244 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18245 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18246 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18248 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18249 Start newsticker treeview.
18251 \(fn)" t nil)
18253 ;;;***
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18256 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18259 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18260 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18262 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18264 ;;;***
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19259
18267 ;;;;;; 35427))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18270 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18271 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18272 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18273 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18274 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18275 symbol in the alist.
18277 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18279 ;;;***
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18282 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18285 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18286 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18287 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18289 \(fn)" t nil)
18291 ;;;***
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18294 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18297 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18298 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18299 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18301 \(fn)" t nil)
18303 ;;;***
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18306 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18309 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18310 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18312 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18314 ;;;***
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18317 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19259 35427))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18320 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18321 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18323 \(fn)" t nil)
18325 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18326 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18328 \(fn)" t nil)
18330 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18331 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18333 \(fn)" t nil)
18335 ;;;***
18337 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18338 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19259 35427))
18339 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18341 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18342 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18343 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18345 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18347 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18348 Not documented
18350 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18352 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18353 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18354 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18355 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18356 to future sessions.
18358 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18360 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18361 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18362 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18363 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18364 to future sessions.
18366 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18371 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18374 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18375 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18376 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18377 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18378 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18379 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18381 \(fn)" t nil)
18383 ;;;***
18385 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18386 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18387 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18389 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18390 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18391 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18392 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18394 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18396 ;;;***
18398 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19259
18399 ;;;;;; 35427))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18402 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18403 Major mode for editing XML.
18405 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18406 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18407 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18408 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18409 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18410 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18411 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18413 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18415 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18416 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18418 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18419 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18420 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18421 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18422 instead of C-c.
18424 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18425 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18426 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18427 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18428 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18429 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18431 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18432 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18433 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18435 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18436 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18437 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18439 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18440 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18441 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18442 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18443 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18444 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18445 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18446 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18447 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18449 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18451 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18452 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18454 \(fn)" t nil)
18456 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18458 ;;;***
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18461 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19259 35427))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18464 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18465 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18466 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18467 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18469 \(fn)" t nil)
18471 ;;;***
18473 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18474 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18477 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18478 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18479 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18481 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18483 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18484 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18486 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18487 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18488 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18492 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18494 ;;;***
18496 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18497 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18500 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18501 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18503 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18504 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18505 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
18506 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18508 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18509 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18510 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18511 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18512 is why you need this mode!).
18514 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18515 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18516 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18518 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18520 Keybindings
18521 ===========
18523 \\{octave-mode-map}
18525 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18526 ==============================================
18528 `octave-auto-indent'
18529 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18530 Default is nil.
18532 `octave-auto-newline'
18533 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18534 Default is nil.
18536 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18537 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18538 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18540 `octave-block-offset'
18541 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18542 Default is 2.
18544 `octave-continuation-offset'
18545 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18546 Default is 4.
18548 `octave-continuation-string'
18549 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18550 Default is a backslash.
18552 `octave-send-echo-input'
18553 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18554 command to the inferior Octave process.
18556 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18557 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18558 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18560 `octave-send-echo-input'
18561 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18563 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18565 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18566 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18568 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18570 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18571 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18573 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18574 (lambda ()
18575 (abbrev-mode 1)
18576 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18578 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18579 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18580 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18581 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18583 \(fn)" t nil)
18585 ;;;***
18587 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18588 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18589 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18590 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18591 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18592 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19259 35427))
18593 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18595 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18596 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18597 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18599 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18600 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18601 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18602 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18603 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18604 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18605 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18606 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18607 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18608 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18610 The following commands are available:
18612 \\{org-mode-map}
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18616 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18618 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18619 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18620 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18621 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18625 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18626 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18627 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18628 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18629 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18630 of Org-mode).
18632 M-up Move entry/item up
18633 M-down Move entry/item down
18634 M-left Promote
18635 M-right Demote
18636 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18637 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18638 M-S-left Promote subtree
18639 M-S-right Demote subtree
18640 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18641 C-c ^ Sort entries
18642 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18643 TAB Cycle item visibility
18644 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18645 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18646 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18650 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18651 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18653 \(fn)" nil nil)
18655 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18656 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18658 \(fn)" nil nil)
18660 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18661 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18662 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18663 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18664 call CMD.
18666 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18668 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18669 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18670 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18671 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18673 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18674 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18675 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18679 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18680 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18681 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18683 \(fn)" t nil)
18685 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18686 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18687 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18688 Org-mode syntax.
18690 \(fn)" t nil)
18692 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18693 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18695 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18697 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18698 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18700 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18701 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18702 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18703 returned as a list.
18705 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18706 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18707 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18708 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18709 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18710 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18711 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18712 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18713 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18714 position.
18716 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18717 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18718 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18719 visited by the iteration.
18721 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18723 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18724 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18725 file The current buffer, without restriction
18726 file-with-archives
18727 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18728 agenda All agenda files
18729 agenda-with-archives
18730 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18731 \(file1 file2 ...)
18732 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18734 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18735 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18737 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18738 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18739 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18740 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18741 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18742 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18743 function leaves it.
18745 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18746 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18747 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18748 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18749 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18750 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18751 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18752 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18754 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18757 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18758 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18759 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18763 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18765 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18766 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18767 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18768 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18770 \(fn)" t nil)
18772 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18773 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18775 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18777 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18778 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18779 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18781 \(fn)" t nil)
18783 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18784 Not documented
18786 \(fn)" t nil)
18788 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18789 Reload all org lisp files.
18790 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18792 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18794 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18795 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18797 \(fn)" t nil)
18799 ;;;***
18801 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18802 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18803 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18804 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18805 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19259 35427))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18808 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18809 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18810 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18811 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18813 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18814 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18815 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18816 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18817 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18818 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18819 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18820 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18821 e Export views to associated files.
18822 s Search entries for keywords.
18823 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18824 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18825 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18826 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18827 > Remove a previous restriction.
18828 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18829 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18830 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18832 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18833 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18834 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18836 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18837 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18838 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18839 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18840 \(if active).
18842 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18844 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18845 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18846 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18847 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18848 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18849 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18850 before running the agenda command.
18852 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18854 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18855 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18856 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18857 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18858 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18859 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18860 before running the agenda command.
18862 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18863 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18865 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18867 category The category of the item
18868 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18869 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18870 todo selected in TODO match
18871 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18872 diary imported from diary
18873 deadline a deadline on given date
18874 scheduled scheduled on given date
18875 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18876 closed entry was closed on given date
18877 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18878 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18879 block entry has date block including g. date
18880 todo The todo keyword, if any
18881 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18882 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18883 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18884 extra Sting with extra planning info
18885 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18886 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18887 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18889 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18891 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18892 Not documented
18894 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18896 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18897 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18899 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18901 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18902 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18903 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18904 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18906 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18907 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18908 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18909 agenda instead.
18911 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18912 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18913 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18915 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18916 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18918 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18920 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18921 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18922 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18923 search only the headlines.
18925 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18926 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18927 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18928 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18929 EDIT-AT.
18931 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18932 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18933 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18934 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18935 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18937 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18938 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18940 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18941 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18942 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18943 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18944 are enclosed by word delimiters.
18946 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18947 that must or must not match in the entry.
18949 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18950 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18951 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18952 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18954 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18955 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18957 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18959 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18960 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18961 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18962 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18963 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18964 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18966 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18968 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18969 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18970 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18972 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18974 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18975 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18976 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18977 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
18978 `org-stuck-projects'.
18979 MATCH is being ignored.
18981 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18983 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
18984 Return diary information from org-files.
18985 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18986 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18987 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18988 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18990 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18991 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18992 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18994 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
18996 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18997 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18998 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18999 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19001 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19002 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19003 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19005 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19006 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19007 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19008 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19010 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19012 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19014 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19015 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19017 &%%(org-diary)
19019 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19020 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19021 So the example above may also be written as
19023 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19025 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19026 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19027 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19029 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19031 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19032 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19034 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19036 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19037 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19038 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19040 \(fn)" t nil)
19042 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19043 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19044 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19045 appointments.
19047 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19048 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19050 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19051 for filtering entries out.
19053 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19054 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19056 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19057 (category \"Work\"))
19059 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19060 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19062 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19064 ;;;***
19066 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19067 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19068 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19071 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19072 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19073 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19075 \(fn)" t nil)
19077 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19078 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19079 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19081 \(fn)" t nil)
19083 ;;;***
19085 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19086 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19087 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19259 35427))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19090 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19091 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19092 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19094 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19096 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19097 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19098 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19099 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19100 command to convert it.
19102 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19104 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19105 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19106 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19107 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19108 cut-and-paste operations.
19109 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19110 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19111 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19112 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19114 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19116 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19117 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19119 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19121 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19122 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19123 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19124 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19125 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19126 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19127 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19128 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19129 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19130 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19131 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19132 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19133 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19134 publishing directory.
19136 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19138 ;;;***
19140 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19259
19141 ;;;;;; 35427))
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19144 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19145 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19146 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19148 \(fn)" t nil)
19150 ;;;***
19152 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19153 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19156 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19157 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19159 \(fn)" nil nil)
19161 ;;;***
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19164 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19259 35427))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19167 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19168 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19169 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19170 fontified, and then returned.
19172 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19174 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19175 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19177 \(fn)" nil nil)
19179 ;;;***
19181 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19182 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19183 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19184 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19259 35427))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19187 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19188 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19189 This function can be used in batch processing.
19191 For example:
19193 $ emacs --batch
19194 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19195 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19197 \(fn)" nil nil)
19199 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19200 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19201 No file is created.
19203 \(fn)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19206 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19207 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19208 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19209 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19210 then use this command to convert it.
19212 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19214 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19215 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19216 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19217 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19218 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19219 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19220 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19221 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19222 could call this function in the following way:
19224 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19226 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19227 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19229 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19231 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19232 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19234 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19236 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19237 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19239 \(fn)" t nil)
19241 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19242 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19243 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19244 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19245 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19246 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19247 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19248 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19249 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19250 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19251 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19252 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19253 publishing directory.
19255 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19257 ;;;***
19259 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19260 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19261 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19264 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19265 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19266 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19267 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19268 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19270 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19271 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19272 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19276 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19277 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19278 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19279 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19280 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19281 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19282 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19283 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19284 command.
19286 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19288 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19289 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19290 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19291 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19292 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19294 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19295 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19296 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19297 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19299 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19300 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19301 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19303 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19304 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19305 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19306 directory.
19308 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19311 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19313 \(fn)" t nil)
19315 ;;;***
19317 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19318 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19259
19319 ;;;;;; 35427))
19320 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19322 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19323 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19325 \(fn)" t nil)
19327 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19328 Get inbox items from FEED.
19329 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19330 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19332 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19334 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19335 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19337 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19339 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19340 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19342 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19344 ;;;***
19346 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19347 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19259 35427))
19348 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19350 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19351 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19352 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19353 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19354 create a new footnote, interactively.
19355 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19357 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19359 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19360 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19361 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19362 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19363 Org-mode exporters.
19364 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19365 referenced sequence.
19367 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19369 ;;;***
19371 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19372 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19373 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19374 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19259 35427))
19375 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19377 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19378 Not documented
19380 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19382 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19383 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19385 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19387 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19388 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19390 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19392 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19393 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19395 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19397 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19398 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19400 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19402 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19403 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19405 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19407 ;;;***
19409 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19410 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19411 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19412 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19259 35427))
19413 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19415 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19417 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19419 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19421 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19422 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19423 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19424 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19425 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19427 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19429 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19430 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19431 emacs --batch
19432 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19433 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19434 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19436 \(fn)" nil nil)
19438 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19439 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19440 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19442 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19444 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19445 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19446 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19447 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19448 command to convert it.
19450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19453 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19454 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19455 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19456 cut-and-paste operations.
19457 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19458 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19459 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19460 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19462 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19464 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19465 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19467 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19469 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19470 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19471 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19472 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19473 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19474 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19475 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19476 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19477 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19478 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19479 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19480 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19481 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19482 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19483 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19485 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19487 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19488 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19489 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19490 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19491 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19492 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19493 need into your CSS file.
19495 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19496 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19497 that uses these same face definitions.
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19501 ;;;***
19503 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19504 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19505 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19508 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19509 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19510 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19511 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19515 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19516 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19517 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19518 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19520 \(fn)" t nil)
19522 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19523 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19524 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19526 \(fn)" t nil)
19528 ;;;***
19530 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19531 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19532 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19259 35427))
19533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19535 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19536 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19537 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19538 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19540 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19542 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19543 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19544 Create an ID if necessary.
19546 \(fn)" t nil)
19548 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19549 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19550 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19551 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19552 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19553 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19554 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19556 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19558 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19559 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19560 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19561 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19562 eligible.
19563 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19565 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19567 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19568 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19569 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19570 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19572 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19574 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19575 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19576 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19578 \(fn ID)" t nil)
19580 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19581 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19582 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19583 if there is no entry with that ID.
19584 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19586 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19588 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19589 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19591 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
19593 ;;;***
19595 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19596 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19597 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19599 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19600 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19602 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19603 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19604 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19608 ;;;***
19610 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19611 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19612 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19614 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19615 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19617 \(fn)" nil nil)
19619 ;;;***
19621 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19622 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19623 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19624 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19625 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19627 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19628 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19629 For example:
19631 emacs --batch
19632 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19633 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19634 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19636 \(fn)" nil nil)
19638 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19639 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19640 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19642 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19644 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19645 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19646 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19647 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19648 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19649 then use this command to convert it.
19651 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19653 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19654 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19655 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19656 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19657 cut-and-paste operations.
19658 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19659 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19660 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19661 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19663 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19665 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19666 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19668 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19670 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19671 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19672 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19673 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19674 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19675 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19676 convert them as description lists.
19677 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19678 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19679 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19680 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19681 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19682 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19683 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19684 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19685 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19686 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19687 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19689 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19692 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19694 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19696 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19697 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19699 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19701 ;;;***
19703 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19704 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19259
19705 ;;;;;; 35427))
19706 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19708 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19709 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19710 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19711 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19716 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19717 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19718 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19720 \(fn)" t nil)
19722 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19723 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19725 \(fn)" t nil)
19727 ;;;***
19729 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19730 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19731 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19733 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19734 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19735 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19736 line directly before or after the table.
19738 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19740 ;;;***
19742 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19743 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19744 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19747 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19749 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19750 Publish PROJECT.
19752 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19754 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19755 Publish all projects.
19756 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19757 directory and force publishing all files.
19759 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19761 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19762 Publish the current file.
19763 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19765 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19767 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19768 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19769 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19770 the project.
19772 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19774 ;;;***
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19777 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19778 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19259 35427))
19779 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19781 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19782 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19784 \(fn)" nil nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19787 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19788 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19789 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19790 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19792 \(fn)" nil nil)
19794 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19795 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19796 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19797 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19799 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19801 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19802 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19803 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19804 of the remember buffer.
19806 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19807 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19808 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19809 note stored by remember.
19811 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19812 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19814 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19816 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19817 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19818 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19819 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19820 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19822 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19823 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19824 process is used to select the target location.
19826 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19827 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19829 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19830 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19831 currently running.
19833 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19834 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19835 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19837 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19838 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19839 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19840 some additional data.
19842 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19843 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19844 \(i.e. after the stars).
19846 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19848 \(fn)" nil nil)
19850 ;;;***
19852 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19853 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19259 35427))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19856 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19857 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19859 \(fn)" nil nil)
19861 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19862 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19866 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19867 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19868 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19869 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19870 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19872 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19874 ;;;***
19876 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19877 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19878 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19879 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19881 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19882 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19883 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19884 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19885 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19886 without user interaction.
19887 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19888 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19889 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19890 the region 0:00:00.
19892 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19894 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19895 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19896 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19897 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19898 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19899 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19900 that was not started at the correct moment.
19902 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19905 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19907 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19909 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19910 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19914 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19915 Set a timer.
19917 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19919 ;;;***
19921 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19922 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19923 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19925 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19926 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19927 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19929 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19931 ;;;***
19933 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19934 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
19935 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19936 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19938 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19939 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19940 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19941 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19943 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19944 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19945 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19946 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19948 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19949 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19950 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19951 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19952 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19953 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19955 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19956 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19957 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19959 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19960 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19961 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19962 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19963 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19964 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19965 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19966 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19967 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19968 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19969 The subheadings remain visible.
19970 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19972 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19973 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19974 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19976 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19977 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19979 \(fn)" t nil)
19981 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
19982 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19983 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19984 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19987 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
19989 ;;;***
19991 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19259 35427))
19992 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19994 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19995 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19996 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19997 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19998 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19999 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20001 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20003 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20004 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20005 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20006 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20008 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20009 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20013 ;;;***
20015 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20016 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20018 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20020 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20021 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20022 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20023 unknown are returned as nil.
20025 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20027 ;;;***
20029 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19259
20030 ;;;;;; 35427))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20033 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20034 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20035 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20037 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20038 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20040 Other useful functions are:
20042 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20043 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20044 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20045 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20046 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20047 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20048 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20049 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20050 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20052 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20054 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20055 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20056 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20057 Indentation for case statements.
20058 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20059 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20060 mark after an end.
20061 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20062 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20063 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20064 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20065 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20066 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20067 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20068 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20069 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20070 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20072 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20073 pascal-separator-keywords.
20075 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20076 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20078 \(fn)" t nil)
20080 ;;;***
20082 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20083 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
20084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20086 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20087 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20088 The keys affected are:
20089 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20090 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20091 M-Backspace does undo.
20092 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20093 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20094 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20096 \(fn)" t nil)
20098 ;;;***
20100 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20101 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20104 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20105 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20106 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20108 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20109 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20111 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20113 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20114 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20116 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20118 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20119 which modify the status of the mark.
20121 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20122 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20124 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20125 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20127 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20128 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20129 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20130 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20131 turning PC Selection mode on.
20133 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20134 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20136 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20137 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20138 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20140 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20141 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20142 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20144 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20145 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20147 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20148 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20149 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20151 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20152 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20153 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20155 F6 other-window
20156 DELETE delete-char
20157 C-DELETE kill-line
20158 M-DELETE kill-word
20159 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20160 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20161 M-BACKSPACE undo
20163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20165 ;;;***
20167 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19259
20168 ;;;;;; 35427))
20169 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20171 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20172 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20174 \(fn)" nil nil)
20176 ;;;***
20178 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20179 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19259 35427))
20180 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20182 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20183 Completion for `gzip'.
20185 \(fn)" nil nil)
20187 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20188 Completion for `bzip2'.
20190 \(fn)" nil nil)
20192 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20193 Completion for GNU `make'.
20195 \(fn)" nil nil)
20197 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20198 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20200 \(fn)" nil nil)
20202 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20204 ;;;***
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20207 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19259 35427))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20210 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20211 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20213 \(fn)" nil nil)
20215 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20216 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20218 \(fn)" nil nil)
20220 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20221 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20223 \(fn)" nil nil)
20225 ;;;***
20227 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19259
20228 ;;;;;; 35427))
20229 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20231 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20232 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20234 \(fn)" nil nil)
20236 ;;;***
20238 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20239 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20240 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19259 35427))
20241 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20243 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20244 Completion for `cd'.
20246 \(fn)" nil nil)
20248 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20250 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20251 Completion for `rmdir'.
20253 \(fn)" nil nil)
20255 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20256 Completion for `rm'.
20258 \(fn)" nil nil)
20260 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20261 Completion for `xargs'.
20263 \(fn)" nil nil)
20265 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20267 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20268 Completion for `which'.
20270 \(fn)" nil nil)
20272 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20273 Completion for the `chown' command.
20275 \(fn)" nil nil)
20277 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20278 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20280 \(fn)" nil nil)
20282 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20283 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20285 \(fn)" nil nil)
20287 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20288 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20289 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20291 \(fn)" nil nil)
20293 ;;;***
20295 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20296 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20297 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19259
20298 ;;;;;; 35427))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20301 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20302 Support extensible programmable completion.
20303 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20304 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20306 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20308 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20309 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20311 \(fn)" t nil)
20313 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20314 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20315 This will modify the current buffer.
20317 \(fn)" t nil)
20319 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20320 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20322 \(fn)" t nil)
20324 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20325 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20326 This will modify the current buffer.
20328 \(fn)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20331 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20336 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20338 \(fn)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20341 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20342 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20343 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20344 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20346 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20349 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20353 ;;;***
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20356 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20357 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19259 35427))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20360 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20361 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20362 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20363 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20365 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20367 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20369 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20370 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20371 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20372 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20373 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20374 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20375 FLAGS is ignored.
20377 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20379 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20380 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20381 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20382 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20383 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20384 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20385 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20386 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20388 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20390 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20391 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20392 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20393 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20394 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20395 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20396 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20397 passed to cvs.
20399 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20402 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20403 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20404 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20405 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20406 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20407 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20409 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20411 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20412 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20413 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20415 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20417 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20418 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20419 A value of nil means never do it.
20420 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20421 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20422 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20424 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20426 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20427 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20428 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20430 ;;;***
20432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19259 35427))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20435 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20437 ;;;***
20439 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20440 ;;;;;; (19259 35427))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20442 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20443 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20444 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20445 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20446 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20447 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20449 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20450 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20451 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20452 Tab indents for Perl code.
20453 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20454 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20455 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20456 \\{perl-mode-map}
20457 Variables controlling indentation style:
20458 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20459 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20460 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20461 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20462 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20463 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20464 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20465 `perl-nochange'
20466 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20467 `perl-indent-level'
20468 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20469 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20470 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20471 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20472 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20473 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20474 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20475 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20476 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20477 `perl-brace-offset'
20478 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20479 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20480 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20481 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20482 `perl-label-offset'
20483 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20484 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20485 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20487 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20488 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20489 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20490 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20491 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20492 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20493 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20495 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20497 \(fn)" t nil)
20499 ;;;***
20501 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20502 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20503 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20504 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19259 35428))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20507 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20508 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20510 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20512 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20513 passphrase cache or user.
20515 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20517 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20518 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20520 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20521 cache or user.
20523 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20525 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20526 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20528 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20529 the region.
20531 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20532 passphrase cache or user.
20534 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20536 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20537 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20539 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20541 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20542 the region.
20544 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20545 passphrase cache or user.
20547 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20549 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20550 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20552 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20553 passphrase cache or user.
20555 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20558 Decrypt the current buffer.
20560 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20561 the region.
20563 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20564 passphrase cache or user.
20566 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20569 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20571 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20572 a detached signature.
20574 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20575 and the output is displayed.
20577 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20578 passphrase cache or user.
20580 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20582 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20583 Sign the current buffer.
20585 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20586 detached signature.
20588 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20589 within the region.
20591 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20592 and the output is displayed.
20594 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20595 passphrase cache or user.
20597 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20599 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20600 Verify the current region between START and END.
20601 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20602 the detached signature of the current region.
20604 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20605 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20607 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20609 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20610 Verify the current buffer.
20611 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20612 the detached signature of the current region.
20613 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20614 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20615 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20616 within the region.
20618 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20621 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20623 \(fn)" t nil)
20625 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20626 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20628 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20630 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20631 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20633 \(fn)" t nil)
20635 ;;;***
20637 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20638 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20641 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20642 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20644 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20646 ;;;***
20648 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20649 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
20650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20652 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20653 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20654 \\<picture-mode-map>
20655 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20656 afterwards settable by these commands:
20658 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20659 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20660 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20661 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20663 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20664 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20665 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20666 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20668 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20669 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20670 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20671 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20673 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20674 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20675 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20676 with these commands:
20678 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20679 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20680 Move to column following last
20681 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20682 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20683 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20684 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20685 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20686 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20688 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20690 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20691 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20692 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20693 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20694 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20695 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20697 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20698 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20699 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20700 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20701 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20702 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20703 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20705 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20706 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20707 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20708 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20709 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20710 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20711 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20712 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20714 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20715 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20716 by supplying an argument.
20718 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20720 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20721 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20723 \(fn)" t nil)
20725 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20727 ;;;***
20729 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20730 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20733 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20734 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20735 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20737 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20739 ;;;***
20741 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19259 35428))
20742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20744 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20745 Play pong and waste time.
20746 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20747 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20749 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20751 \\{pong-mode-map}
20753 \(fn)" t nil)
20755 ;;;***
20757 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20758 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20759 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
20760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20762 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20763 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20764 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20765 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20767 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20769 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20770 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20772 \(fn)" nil nil)
20774 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20775 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20776 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20777 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20778 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20780 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20782 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20783 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20784 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20786 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20788 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20789 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20791 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20793 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20794 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20795 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20796 Ignores leading comment characters.
20798 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20800 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20801 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20802 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20803 Ignores leading comment characters.
20805 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20807 ;;;***
20809 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20810 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20811 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20812 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20813 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20814 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20815 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20816 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20817 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20818 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20819 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20820 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20821 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20822 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20823 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20824 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20825 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20826 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20827 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
20828 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20830 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20831 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20833 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20835 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20839 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20840 Preview directory using ghostview.
20842 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20843 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20844 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20845 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20847 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20848 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20849 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20850 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20851 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20852 file name.
20854 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20856 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20858 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20859 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20861 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20862 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20863 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20864 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20866 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20867 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20868 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20869 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20870 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20871 file name.
20873 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20875 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20877 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20878 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20880 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20881 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20882 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20883 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20885 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20886 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20887 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20888 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20889 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20890 file name.
20892 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20894 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20896 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20897 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20899 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20901 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20902 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20903 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20904 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20906 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20907 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20908 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20909 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20910 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20911 file name.
20913 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20915 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20917 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20918 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20920 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20921 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20922 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20925 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20926 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20927 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20929 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20931 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20932 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20934 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20935 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20936 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20938 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20939 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20940 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20941 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20943 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20946 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20948 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20949 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20950 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20952 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20953 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20954 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20955 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20957 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20959 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20960 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20962 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20964 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20965 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20966 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20968 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20969 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20970 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20971 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20976 Preview region using ghostview.
20978 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20983 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20985 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
20990 Print region using PostScript printer.
20992 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20996 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
20997 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20999 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21001 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21003 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21004 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21006 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21008 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21011 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21013 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21015 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21018 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21020 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21022 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21025 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21027 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21029 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21031 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21032 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21033 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21034 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21036 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21037 matching.
21039 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21040 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21042 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21044 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21047 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21048 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21049 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21051 \(fn)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21054 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21055 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21056 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21058 \(fn)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21061 Print directory using text printer.
21063 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21064 matching.
21066 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21067 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21069 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21071 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using text printer.
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21079 Print region using text printer.
21081 \(fn)" t nil)
21083 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21084 Print major mode using text printer.
21086 \(fn)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21089 Preview spooled PostScript.
21091 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21092 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21093 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21095 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21096 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21097 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21099 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21102 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21104 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21105 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21106 instead of sending it to the printer.
21108 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21109 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21110 image in a file with that name.
21112 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21115 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21117 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21118 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21119 instead of sending it to the printer.
21121 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21122 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21123 image in a file with that name.
21125 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21128 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21130 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21131 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21132 instead of sending it to the printer.
21134 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21135 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21136 image in a file with that name.
21138 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21140 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21141 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21143 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21146 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21148 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21150 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21151 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21153 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21155 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21156 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21160 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21161 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21166 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21168 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21169 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21170 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21171 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21173 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21174 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21175 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21176 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21177 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21178 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21179 file name.
21181 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21183 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21184 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21188 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21189 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21191 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21192 right.
21193 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21194 bottom.
21196 \(fn)" t nil)
21198 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21199 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21201 \(fn)" t nil)
21203 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21204 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21206 \(fn)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21209 Toggle printing with faces.
21211 \(fn)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21214 Toggle spooling.
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21218 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21219 Toggle duplex.
21221 \(fn)" t nil)
21223 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21224 Toggle tumble.
21226 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21227 right.
21228 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21229 bottom.
21231 \(fn)" t nil)
21233 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21234 Toggle landscape.
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21238 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21239 Toggle upside-down.
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21243 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21244 Toggle line number.
21246 \(fn)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21249 Toggle zebra stripes.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21254 Toggle printing header.
21256 \(fn)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21259 Toggle printing header frame.
21261 \(fn)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21264 Toggle menu lock.
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21269 Toggle auto region.
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21274 Toggle auto mode.
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21279 Customization of the `printing' group.
21281 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21284 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21286 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21288 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21289 Help for the printing package.
21291 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21294 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21296 \(fn)" t nil)
21298 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21299 Interactively select a text printer.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21304 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21309 Show current ps-print settings.
21311 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21314 Show current printing settings.
21316 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21319 Show current lpr settings.
21321 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21324 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21326 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21327 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21328 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21329 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21332 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21334 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21335 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21336 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21338 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21339 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21340 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21341 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21342 current active printer.
21344 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21345 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21346 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21347 printer.
21349 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21350 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21351 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21352 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21353 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21356 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21357 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21359 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21361 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21362 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21363 be done using the new current active printer.
21365 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21366 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21367 printer.
21369 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21370 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21371 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21372 instead of sending it to the printer.
21374 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21375 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21376 printer.
21378 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21381 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21382 are both set to t.
21384 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21386 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21387 Fast fire function for text printing.
21389 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21390 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21391 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21392 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21394 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21395 user for a new active text printer.
21397 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21399 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21401 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21402 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21403 printer.
21405 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21407 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21408 are both set to t.
21410 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21412 ;;;***
21414 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19259 35428))
21415 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21417 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21418 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21419 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21420 information will be displayed but not selected.
21421 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21423 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21427 ;;;***
21429 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21430 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
21431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21433 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21434 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21435 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21436 Commands:
21437 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21438 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21439 if that value is non-nil.
21441 \(fn)" t nil)
21443 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21445 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21446 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21447 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21449 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21451 ;;;***
21453 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19259
21454 ;;;;;; 35428))
21455 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21457 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21458 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21459 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21461 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21463 ;;;***
21465 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19259
21466 ;;;;;; 35428))
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21469 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21470 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21472 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21474 The following variables hold user options, and can
21475 be set through the `customize' command:
21477 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21478 `ps-mode-tab'
21479 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21480 `ps-mode-print-function'
21481 `ps-run-prompt'
21482 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21483 `ps-run-x'
21484 `ps-run-dumb'
21485 `ps-run-init'
21486 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21487 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21489 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21492 \\{ps-mode-map}
21495 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21496 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21497 The keymap for this second window is:
21499 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21502 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21503 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21504 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21505 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21506 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21508 \(fn)" t nil)
21510 ;;;***
21512 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21513 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21514 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21515 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21516 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21517 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19259
21518 ;;;;;; 35428))
21519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21521 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21522 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21523 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21525 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21527 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21528 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21529 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21530 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21532 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21534 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21535 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21537 Valid values are:
21539 nil Do not print colors.
21541 t Print colors.
21543 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21544 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21546 Any other value is treated as t.")
21548 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21550 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21551 Customization of ps-print group.
21553 \(fn)" t nil)
21555 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21556 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21558 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21559 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21560 sending it to the printer.
21562 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21563 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21564 image in a file with that name.
21566 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21568 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21569 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21570 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21571 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21572 so it has a way to determine color values.
21574 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21576 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21577 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21578 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21580 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21582 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21583 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21584 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21585 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21586 so it has a way to determine color values.
21588 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21590 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21591 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21592 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21593 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21595 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21597 \(fn)" t nil)
21599 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21600 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21601 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21602 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21603 so it has a way to determine color values.
21605 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21607 \(fn)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21610 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21611 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21613 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21618 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21619 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21620 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21621 so it has a way to determine color values.
21623 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21628 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21630 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21631 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21632 instead of sending it to the printer.
21634 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21635 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21636 image in a file with that name.
21638 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21641 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21642 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21643 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21644 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21646 \(fn)" t nil)
21648 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21649 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21650 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21652 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21655 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21656 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21658 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21661 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21663 \(fn)" nil nil)
21665 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21666 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21668 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21669 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21671 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21672 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21674 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21676 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21678 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21680 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21681 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21683 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21684 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21686 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21687 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21689 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21691 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21693 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21695 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21696 foreground and background colors respectively.
21698 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21699 bold - use bold font.
21700 italic - use italic font.
21701 underline - put a line under text.
21702 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21703 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21704 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21705 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21706 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21708 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21710 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21712 ;;;***
21714 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21715 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19259 35428))
21716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21718 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21720 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21722 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21724 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21725 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21726 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21727 buffer automatically.
21729 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21730 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21731 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21732 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21733 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21734 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21735 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21737 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21738 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21739 buffer for a list of commands.)
21741 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21744 Major mode for editing Python files.
21745 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21746 for correct parsing of the source.
21747 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21748 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21749 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21751 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21752 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21753 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21754 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21755 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21756 \\<python-mode-map>
21757 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21758 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21759 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21760 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21761 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21762 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21764 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21765 effect outside them.
21767 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21768 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21769 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21770 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21771 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21772 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21773 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21774 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21775 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21777 \\{python-mode-map}
21779 \(fn)" t nil)
21781 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21782 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21783 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21784 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21786 \(fn)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21789 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21790 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21791 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21792 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21793 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21795 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21796 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21797 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21798 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21799 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21800 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21801 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21803 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21804 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21805 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21806 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21807 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21809 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21810 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21811 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21812 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21813 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21814 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21815 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21816 mode.
21818 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21819 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21820 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21821 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21822 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21823 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21824 filter.
21826 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21828 ;;;***
21830 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21831 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
21832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21834 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21835 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21836 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21837 coding-system.
21839 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21840 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21842 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21843 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21844 them into characters should be done separately.
21846 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21848 ;;;***
21850 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21851 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21852 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21853 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21854 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19259 35428))
21855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21857 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21858 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21860 \(fn)" nil nil)
21862 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21863 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21864 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21866 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21867 `quail-activate', which see.
21869 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21871 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21872 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21873 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21874 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21875 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21876 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21877 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21879 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21880 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21881 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21882 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21883 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21884 shown.
21885 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21887 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21888 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21889 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21890 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21891 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21892 list of candidates.
21894 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21895 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21896 command to be called.
21898 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21899 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21900 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21901 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21903 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21904 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21905 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21906 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21907 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21908 to t.
21910 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21911 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21912 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21913 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21915 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21916 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21917 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21918 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21920 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21921 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21922 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21923 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21924 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21925 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21927 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21928 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21929 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21930 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21931 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21932 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21934 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21935 covers Quail translation region.
21937 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21938 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21939 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21940 for it) is inserted.
21942 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21943 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21944 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21946 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21947 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21948 non-Quail commands.
21950 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21952 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21953 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21955 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21956 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21957 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21958 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21959 you type is correctly handled.
21961 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21963 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21964 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21966 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21967 keyboard type.
21969 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21971 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21972 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21973 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21974 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21975 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21976 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21977 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21978 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21979 for the translation.
21980 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21982 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21983 it is used to handle KEY.
21985 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21986 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21987 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21988 the following annotation types are supported.
21990 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21991 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21993 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21994 candidate list.
21996 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21997 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21998 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21999 inserted.
22001 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22002 generated for the following translations.
22004 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22006 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22007 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22009 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22010 which to install MAP.
22012 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22014 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22016 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22017 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22019 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22020 which to install MAP.
22022 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22024 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22026 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22027 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22028 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22029 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22030 a function, or a cons.
22031 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22032 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22033 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22034 for the translation.
22035 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22036 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22037 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22038 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22039 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22041 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22042 it is used to handle KEY.
22044 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22045 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22046 current Quail package.
22048 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22049 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22051 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22053 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22054 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22056 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22057 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22059 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22061 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22062 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22064 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22066 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22067 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22068 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22069 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22070 of the Emacs source tree.
22072 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22073 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22075 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22076 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22077 of each directory.
22079 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22081 ;;;***
22083 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22084 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22085 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19259
22086 ;;;;;; 35428))
22087 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22089 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22090 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22091 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22092 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22094 To make use of this do something like:
22096 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22098 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22100 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22101 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22103 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22104 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22105 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22107 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22109 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22110 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22112 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22114 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22115 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22117 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22118 is decided.
22120 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22123 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22125 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22126 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22127 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22129 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22131 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22132 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22134 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22136 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22137 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22139 \(fn)" t nil)
22141 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22142 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22144 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22146 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22148 \(fn)" t nil)
22150 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22151 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22153 \(fn)" t nil)
22155 ;;;***
22157 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22158 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19259 35428))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22161 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22162 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22164 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22166 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22170 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22172 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22173 Not documented
22175 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22177 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22178 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22179 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22180 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22181 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22182 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22184 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22186 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22187 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22191 ;;;***
22193 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19259
22194 ;;;;;; 35428))
22195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22197 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22198 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22199 See \\[compile].
22201 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22203 ;;;***
22205 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22206 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22209 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22211 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22212 Construct a regexp interactively.
22214 \(fn)" t nil)
22216 ;;;***
22218 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19259 35428))
22219 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22221 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22222 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22223 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22224 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22225 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22226 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22228 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22230 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22231 Toggle recentf mode.
22232 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22233 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22235 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22236 that were operated on recently.
22238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22240 ;;;***
22242 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22243 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22244 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22245 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19259
22246 ;;;;;; 35428))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22248 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22249 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22250 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22251 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22252 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22253 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22255 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22256 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22257 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22258 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22260 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22262 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22264 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22265 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22266 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22267 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22268 ends.
22270 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22271 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22272 to be deleted.
22274 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22276 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22277 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22278 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22280 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22281 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22282 deleted.
22284 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22286 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22287 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22288 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22290 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22292 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22293 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22295 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22296 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22298 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22299 deleted.
22301 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22302 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22303 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22304 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22305 even beep.)
22307 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22310 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22314 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22315 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22316 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22317 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22318 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22319 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22320 and point is at the lower right corner.
22322 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22324 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22325 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22327 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22328 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22330 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22331 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22332 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22334 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22336 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22338 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22340 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22341 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22342 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22344 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22347 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22349 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22350 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22351 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22353 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22355 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22357 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22359 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22360 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22362 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22363 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22364 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22366 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22368 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22369 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22370 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22372 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22373 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22374 rectangle which were empty.
22376 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22378 ;;;***
22380 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19259
22381 ;;;;;; 35428))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22384 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22385 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22386 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22388 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22389 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22390 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22394 ;;;***
22396 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22397 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19259 35428))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22400 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22401 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22403 \(fn)" nil nil)
22405 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22406 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22408 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22409 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22411 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22412 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22413 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22414 \\ref macro.
22416 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22417 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22418 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22420 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22421 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22422 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22424 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22425 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22427 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22428 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22430 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22431 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22432 on the menu bar.
22434 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22438 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22439 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22440 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22442 \(fn)" nil nil)
22444 ;;;***
22446 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22447 ;;;;;; (19259 35428))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22450 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22451 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22452 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22453 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22454 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22455 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22457 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22459 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22461 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22462 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22463 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22464 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22465 `reftex-cite-format'.
22467 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22468 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22469 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22470 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22472 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22474 ;;;***
22476 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22477 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22480 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22481 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22482 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22483 the current TeX document.
22485 With no argument, this command toggles
22486 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22487 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22491 ;;;***
22493 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22494 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22495 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22497 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22498 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22499 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22501 To insert new phrases, use
22502 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22503 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22505 To index phrases use one of:
22507 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22508 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22509 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22510 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22511 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22513 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22514 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22516 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22518 Here are all local bindings.
22520 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22522 \(fn)" t nil)
22524 ;;;***
22526 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22527 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22530 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22531 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22532 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22533 of master file.
22535 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22537 ;;;***
22539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19259
22540 ;;;;;; 35429))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22542 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22543 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22544 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22545 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22547 ;;;***
22549 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22550 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22553 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22554 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22555 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22556 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22557 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22558 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22560 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22561 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22563 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22564 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22566 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22568 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22569 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22570 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22571 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22573 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22575 ;;;***
22577 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22578 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22579 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22582 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22583 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22584 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22585 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22587 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22589 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22591 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22592 Call `remember' in another frame.
22594 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22596 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22597 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22598 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22599 application.
22601 \(fn)" t nil)
22603 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22604 Extract diary entries from the region.
22606 \(fn)" nil nil)
22608 ;;;***
22610 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19259 35429))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22613 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22614 Repeat most recently executed command.
22615 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22616 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22617 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22619 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22620 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22621 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22622 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22624 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22625 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22626 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22628 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22630 ;;;***
22632 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22633 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22636 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22637 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22639 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22640 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22641 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22642 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22643 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22644 and point is left after the salutation.
22646 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22647 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22648 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22649 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22650 left after that text.
22652 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22653 is non-nil.
22655 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22656 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22657 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22658 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22660 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22662 ;;;***
22664 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22665 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22666 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22668 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22669 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22670 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22671 visibility of comments that precede it.
22672 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22673 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22674 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22675 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22676 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22677 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22678 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22679 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22680 the comment lines.
22681 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22682 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22683 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22684 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22685 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22689 ;;;***
22691 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22692 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22695 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22696 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22697 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22699 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22700 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22701 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22705 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22706 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22707 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22709 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22710 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22712 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22714 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22715 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22716 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22718 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22719 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22720 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22724 ;;;***
22726 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22727 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22730 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22731 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22733 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22735 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22736 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22738 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22740 ;;;***
22742 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19259 35429))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22744 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22746 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22747 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22748 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22749 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22751 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22753 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22754 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22755 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22756 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22758 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22759 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22761 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22762 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22764 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22765 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22766 INPUT-ARGS.
22768 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22769 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22770 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22771 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22772 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22774 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22775 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22776 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22777 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22779 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22780 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22781 variable.
22783 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22785 ;;;***
22787 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22788 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22789 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22790 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22791 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22792 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19259
22793 ;;;;;; 35429))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22796 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22797 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22798 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22800 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22802 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22803 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22804 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22805 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22806 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22807 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22808 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22810 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22811 sent by you under different user names.
22812 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22814 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22816 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22818 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22819 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22820 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22821 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22822 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22824 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22825 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22827 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22829 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22830 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22831 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22832 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22833 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22834 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22835 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22837 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22838 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22839 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22840 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22841 which normally happens once for each message,
22842 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22843 To make a change in this variable take effect
22844 for a message that you have already viewed,
22845 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22847 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22849 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22850 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22851 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22852 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22854 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22856 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22857 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22859 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22861 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22862 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22863 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22865 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22867 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22868 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22869 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22870 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22871 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22872 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22874 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22876 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22877 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22881 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22882 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22884 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22886 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22887 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22889 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22890 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22892 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22894 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22895 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22897 This is set to nil by default.")
22899 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22900 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22901 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22902 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22903 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22904 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22905 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22907 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22908 Read and edit incoming mail.
22909 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22910 file in RMAIL Mode.
22911 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22913 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22914 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22915 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22916 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22918 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22920 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22922 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22923 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22924 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22925 Instead, these commands are available:
22927 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22928 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22929 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22930 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22931 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22932 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22933 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22934 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22935 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22936 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22937 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22938 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22939 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22940 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22941 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22942 till a deleted message is found.
22943 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22944 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22945 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22946 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22947 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22948 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22949 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22950 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22951 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22952 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22953 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22954 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22955 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22956 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22957 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22958 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22959 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22960 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22961 (label defaults to last one specified).
22962 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22963 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22964 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22965 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22966 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22967 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22968 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22969 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22970 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22972 \(fn)" t nil)
22974 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22975 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22977 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22979 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22980 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22982 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22984 ;;;***
22986 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
22987 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19259 35429))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22989 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22991 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22992 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22993 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22994 case it writes Babyl.
22996 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22997 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22998 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22999 `rmail-default-file'.
23001 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23002 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23003 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23005 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23006 the header display is currently pruned.
23008 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23009 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23010 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23011 messages after output.
23013 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23014 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23015 message (if writing a file directly).
23017 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23018 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23020 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23022 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23023 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23024 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23025 i) the header is output as currently seen
23026 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23027 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23029 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23030 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23031 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23033 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23035 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23036 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23037 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23038 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23039 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23040 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23041 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23043 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23044 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23045 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23047 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23049 ;;;***
23051 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23052 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23053 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23055 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23056 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23057 Return a pattern.
23059 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23061 ;;;***
23063 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23064 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23065 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23067 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23068 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23069 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23070 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23072 \(fn)" t nil)
23074 ;;;***
23076 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23077 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23078 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23080 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23081 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23083 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23084 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23085 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23086 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23087 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23088 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23089 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23090 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23091 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23092 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23094 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23095 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23096 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23097 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23098 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23099 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23100 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23101 to use for finding the schema.
23103 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23105 ;;;***
23107 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19259
23108 ;;;;;; 35429))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23111 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23113 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23114 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23115 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23116 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23117 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23118 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23119 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23120 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23121 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23122 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23123 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23124 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23125 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23126 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23127 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23128 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23129 must be equal.
23131 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23133 ;;;***
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23136 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19259 35429))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23139 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23140 Define a robin package.
23142 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23143 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23144 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23145 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23147 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23148 one replaces the old one.
23150 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23152 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23153 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23155 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23156 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23157 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23159 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23161 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23162 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23164 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23166 ;;;***
23168 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23169 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19259 35429))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23172 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23173 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23175 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23177 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23178 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23180 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23182 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23183 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23188 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23189 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23191 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23192 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23193 in ROT13.
23195 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23197 \(fn)" t nil)
23199 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23200 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23202 \(fn)" t nil)
23204 ;;;***
23206 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23207 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23211 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23212 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23213 \\<rst-mode-map>
23214 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23215 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23216 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23217 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23218 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23220 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23221 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23222 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23223 font-locking of blocks.
23225 \\{rst-mode-map}
23227 \(fn)" t nil)
23229 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23230 ReST Minor Mode.
23231 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23232 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23233 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23234 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23236 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23237 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23238 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23242 ;;;***
23244 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23245 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23248 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23249 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23250 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23251 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23252 nesting into account.
23254 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23256 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23258 \(fn)" t nil)
23260 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23262 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23264 ;;;***
23266 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19259
23267 ;;;;;; 35429))
23268 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23270 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23271 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23275 ;;;***
23277 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19259
23278 ;;;;;; 35429))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23281 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23282 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23283 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23284 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23286 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23288 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23289 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23290 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23292 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23293 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23294 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23296 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23297 notation.
23299 STRING
23300 matches string STRING literally.
23302 CHAR
23303 matches character CHAR literally.
23305 `not-newline', `nonl'
23306 matches any character except a newline.
23308 `anything'
23309 matches any character
23311 `(any SET ...)'
23312 `(in SET ...)'
23313 `(char SET ...)'
23314 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23315 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23316 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23318 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23319 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23320 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23321 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23323 `(not (any SET ...))'
23324 matches any character not in SET ...
23326 `line-start', `bol'
23327 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23328 in the text being matched
23330 `line-end', `eol'
23331 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23333 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23334 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23335 string being matched against.
23337 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23338 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23339 string being matched against.
23341 `buffer-start'
23342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23343 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23345 `buffer-end'
23346 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23347 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23349 `point'
23350 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23352 `word-start', `bow'
23353 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23355 `word-end', `eow'
23356 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23358 `word-boundary'
23359 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23360 word.
23362 `(not word-boundary)'
23363 `not-word-boundary'
23364 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23365 word.
23367 `symbol-start'
23368 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23370 `symbol-end'
23371 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23373 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23374 matches 0 through 9.
23376 `control', `cntrl'
23377 matches ASCII control characters.
23379 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23380 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23382 `blank'
23383 matches space and tab only.
23385 `graphic', `graph'
23386 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23387 space, and DEL.
23389 `printing', `print'
23390 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23391 and DEL.
23393 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23394 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23395 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23397 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23398 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23399 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23401 `ascii'
23402 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23404 `nonascii'
23405 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23407 `lower', `lower-case'
23408 matches anything lower-case.
23410 `upper', `upper-case'
23411 matches anything upper-case.
23413 `punctuation', `punct'
23414 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23415 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23417 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23418 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23420 `word', `wordchar'
23421 matches anything that has word syntax.
23423 `not-wordchar'
23424 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23426 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23427 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23428 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23429 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23431 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23432 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23433 `word' (\\sw)
23434 `symbol' (\\s_)
23435 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23436 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23437 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23438 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23439 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23440 `escape' (\\s\\)
23441 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23442 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23443 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23444 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23445 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23447 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23448 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23450 `(category CATEGORY)'
23451 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23452 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23454 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23455 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23456 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23457 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23458 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23459 `symbol' (\\c5)
23460 `digit' (\\c6)
23461 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23462 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23463 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23464 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23465 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23466 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23467 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23468 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23469 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23470 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23471 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23472 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23473 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23474 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23475 `ascii' (\\ca)
23476 `arabic' (\\cb)
23477 `chinese' (\\cc)
23478 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23479 `greek' (\\cg)
23480 `korean' (\\ch)
23481 `indian' (\\ci)
23482 `japanese' (\\cj)
23483 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23484 `latin' (\\cl)
23485 `lao' (\\co)
23486 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23487 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23488 `thai' (\\ct)
23489 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23490 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23491 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23492 `can-break' (\\c|)
23494 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23495 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23497 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23498 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23499 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23501 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23503 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23504 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23505 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23506 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23508 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23509 another name for `submatch'.
23511 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23512 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23513 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23514 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23515 regular expression.
23517 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23518 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23519 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23520 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23521 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23523 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23524 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23526 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23527 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23529 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23530 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23531 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23533 `(* SEXP ...)'
23534 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23535 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23537 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23538 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23539 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23541 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23542 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23543 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23545 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23546 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23548 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23549 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23551 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23552 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23553 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23554 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23556 `(? SEXP ...)'
23557 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23559 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23560 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23562 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23563 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23564 matches N occurrences.
23566 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23567 matches N or more occurrences.
23569 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23570 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23571 matches N to M occurrences.
23573 `(backref N)'
23574 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23576 `(eval FORM)'
23577 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23578 `regexp-quote' it.
23580 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23581 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23583 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23585 ;;;***
23587 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23588 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23591 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23592 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23593 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23594 interface.")
23596 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23598 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23599 Toggle savehist-mode.
23600 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23601 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23602 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23603 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23605 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23606 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23607 which is probably undesirable.
23609 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23611 ;;;***
23613 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23614 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23617 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23618 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23619 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23621 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23622 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23623 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23624 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23625 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23626 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23627 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23628 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23630 Commands:
23631 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23632 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23633 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23634 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23635 if that value is non-nil.
23637 \(fn)" t nil)
23639 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23640 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23641 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23643 Commands:
23644 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23645 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23646 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23647 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23648 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23649 that variable's value is a string.
23651 \(fn)" t nil)
23653 ;;;***
23655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23656 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23659 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23660 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23661 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23663 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23665 \(fn)" t nil)
23667 ;;;***
23669 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23670 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23673 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23674 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23675 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23677 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23678 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23680 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23682 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23683 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23684 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23685 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23686 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23690 ;;;***
23692 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23693 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
23694 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23696 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23697 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23698 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23699 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23700 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23701 during scrolling.
23703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23705 ;;;***
23707 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23708 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19259 35429))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23711 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23712 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23713 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23715 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23716 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23717 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23718 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23719 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23720 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23721 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23722 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23723 keybinding for tag names.")
23725 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23727 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23728 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23729 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23732 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23734 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23736 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23737 Toggle Semantic mode.
23738 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23740 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23741 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23742 auxilliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23743 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23744 Semantic mode.
23746 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23750 ;;;***
23752 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23753 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23754 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23755 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23756 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23757 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23758 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23759 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23760 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19259 35429))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23763 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23764 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23766 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23767 king@grassland.com
23768 If `parens', they look like:
23769 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23770 If `angles', they look like:
23771 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23773 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23774 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23776 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23778 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23779 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23780 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23781 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23783 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23784 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23785 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23786 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23788 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23790 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23791 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23792 This is done when the message is initialized,
23793 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23795 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23797 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23798 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23799 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23801 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23803 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23805 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23806 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23807 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23808 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23809 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23810 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23811 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23813 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23815 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23816 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23818 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23820 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23821 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23822 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23823 be a Babyl file.")
23825 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23827 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23828 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23829 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23830 when you first send mail.")
23832 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23834 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23835 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23836 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23837 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23838 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23840 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23842 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23843 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23844 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23845 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23846 This file need not actually exist.")
23848 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23850 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23851 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23853 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23856 Alist of mail address aliases,
23857 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23858 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23859 can specify a different file name.)
23860 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23861 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23863 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23864 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23865 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23867 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23869 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23870 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23871 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23873 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23875 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23876 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23877 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23878 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23879 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23880 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23881 in the cited portion of the message.
23883 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23884 instead of no action.")
23886 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23888 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23889 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23890 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23891 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23892 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23894 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23896 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23897 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23898 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23899 If a string, that string is inserted.
23900 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23901 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23902 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23903 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23907 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23908 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23910 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23912 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23913 Directory for mail buffers.
23914 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23915 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23919 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23920 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23921 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23922 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23924 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23926 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23927 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23928 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23929 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23930 is non-nil.")
23932 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23934 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23935 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23936 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23937 `query' means ask the user each time.
23938 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23939 The default is `mime'.
23940 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23941 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23943 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23945 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23946 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23947 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23949 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23950 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23952 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23953 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23954 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23955 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23956 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23957 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23958 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23959 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23960 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23961 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23962 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23963 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23964 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23966 \(fn)" t nil)
23968 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23969 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23970 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23971 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23973 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23975 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23976 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23977 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23978 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23979 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23980 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23982 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23983 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23984 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23986 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23987 User should not set this variable manually,
23988 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23989 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23990 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23991 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
23993 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23994 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23995 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23996 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23998 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23999 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24001 \\<mail-mode-map>
24002 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24004 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24005 to move to message header fields:
24006 \\{mail-mode-map}
24008 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24009 when the message is initialized.
24011 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24012 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24014 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24015 is inserted.
24017 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24018 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24020 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24021 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24022 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24023 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24024 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24025 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24026 buffer without erasing the contents.
24028 The second through fifth arguments,
24029 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24030 the initial contents of those header fields.
24031 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24032 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24033 original message being replied to, or else an action
24034 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24035 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24036 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24037 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24038 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24039 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24041 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24043 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24044 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24046 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24048 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24049 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24051 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24053 ;;;***
24055 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24056 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19259
24057 ;;;;;; 35429))
24058 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24060 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24061 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24062 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24063 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24064 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24065 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24067 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24068 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24070 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24071 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24072 \\[server-start].
24074 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24076 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24077 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24078 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24079 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24081 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24083 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24084 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24085 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24088 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24090 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24092 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24093 Toggle Server mode.
24094 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24095 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24096 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24100 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24101 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24102 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24104 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24105 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24107 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24109 ;;;***
24111 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19259 35429))
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24114 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24115 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24116 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24118 Key definitions:
24119 \\{ses-mode-map}
24120 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24121 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24122 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24123 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24125 \(fn)" t nil)
24127 ;;;***
24129 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24130 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24133 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24134 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24135 Makes > match <.
24136 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24137 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24139 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24140 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24141 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24143 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24144 in your `.emacs' file.
24146 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24148 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24149 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24150 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24152 \(fn)" t nil)
24154 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24155 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24156 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24157 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24158 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24159 which this is based.
24161 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24163 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24164 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24165 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24166 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24168 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24169 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24170 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24172 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24173 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24174 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24175 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24177 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24178 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24179 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24180 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24182 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24184 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24185 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24186 To work around that, do:
24187 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24189 \\{html-mode-map}
24191 \(fn)" t nil)
24193 ;;;***
24195 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24196 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24198 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24200 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24201 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24202 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24203 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24204 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24205 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24207 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24208 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24209 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24210 shell-specific features.
24212 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24213 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24214 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24215 \\<sh-mode-map>
24216 \\[sh-case] case statement
24217 \\[sh-for] for loop
24218 \\[sh-function] function definition
24219 \\[sh-if] if statement
24220 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24221 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24222 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24223 \\[sh-select] select loop
24224 \\[sh-until] until loop
24225 \\[sh-while] while loop
24227 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24228 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24229 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24230 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24231 would indent to the way it currently is.
24232 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24233 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24236 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24237 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24238 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24239 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24240 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24241 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24243 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24244 {, (, [, ', \", `
24245 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24247 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24248 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24249 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24251 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24252 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24254 \(fn)" t nil)
24256 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24258 ;;;***
24260 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19259 35429))
24261 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24263 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24264 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24265 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24266 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24267 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24268 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24270 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24272 ;;;***
24274 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24275 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24278 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24279 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24281 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24282 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24283 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24285 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24286 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24287 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24288 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24289 the earlier.
24291 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24293 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24295 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24296 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24297 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24299 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24300 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24302 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24303 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24304 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24305 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24306 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24307 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24308 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24309 Emacs version).
24311 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24312 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24313 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24314 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24315 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24317 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24318 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24320 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24322 ;;;***
24324 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24325 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19259
24326 ;;;;;; 35429))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24329 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24330 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24331 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24332 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24333 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24334 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24335 sites in the cluster.
24337 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24339 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24340 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24341 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24342 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24343 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24345 \(fn)" t nil)
24347 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24348 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24349 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24350 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24351 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24352 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24353 `shadow-define-cluster').
24355 \(fn)" t nil)
24357 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24358 Set up file shadowing.
24360 \(fn)" t nil)
24362 ;;;***
24364 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24365 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24366 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24368 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24369 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24370 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24371 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24372 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24373 arguments.")
24375 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24377 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24378 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24379 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24380 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24381 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24383 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24384 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24385 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24386 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24387 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24388 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24389 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24390 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24391 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24392 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24393 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24395 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24396 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24397 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24398 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24399 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24400 `default-process-coding-system'.
24402 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24403 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24404 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24405 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24410 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24412 ;;;***
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24415 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19259 35429))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24418 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24419 Not documented
24421 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24423 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24424 Not documented
24426 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24428 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24429 Not documented
24431 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24433 ;;;***
24435 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24436 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24439 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24440 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24441 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24442 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24443 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24445 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24447 \(fn)" t nil)
24449 ;;;***
24451 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19259
24452 ;;;;;; 35429))
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24455 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24456 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24457 \\{simula-mode-map}
24458 Variables controlling indentation style:
24459 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24460 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24461 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24462 `simula-indent-level'
24463 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24464 `simula-substatement-offset'
24465 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24466 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24467 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24468 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24469 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24470 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24471 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24472 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24473 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24474 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24475 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24476 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24477 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24478 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24479 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24480 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24481 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24482 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24483 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24484 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24485 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24486 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24487 or nil if they should not be changed.
24488 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24489 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24490 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24491 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24493 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24494 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24496 \(fn)" t nil)
24498 ;;;***
24500 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24501 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19259 35429))
24502 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24504 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24505 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24507 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24508 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24509 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24510 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24512 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24514 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24515 Insert SKELETON.
24516 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24517 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24518 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24519 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24520 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24522 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24523 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24525 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24527 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24528 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24530 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24531 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24532 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24533 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24535 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24536 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24537 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24538 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24540 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24541 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24542 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24544 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24545 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24547 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24548 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24550 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24551 _ interesting point, interregion here
24552 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24553 interesting point set by _
24554 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24555 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24556 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24557 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24558 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24559 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24560 nil skipped
24562 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24563 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24565 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24566 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24567 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24568 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24569 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24570 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24571 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24572 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24574 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24575 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24576 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24577 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24578 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24579 available:
24581 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24582 then: insert previously read string once more
24583 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24584 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24585 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24587 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24588 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24590 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24592 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24593 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24595 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24596 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24597 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24598 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24599 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24600 such as backslash.
24602 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24603 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24604 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24608 ;;;***
24610 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24611 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19259 35429))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24614 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24615 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24616 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24617 buffer names.
24619 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24621 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24622 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24623 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24627 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24628 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24629 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24631 \(fn)" t nil)
24633 ;;;***
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24636 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24639 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24640 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24641 A list of images is returned.
24643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24645 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24646 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24647 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24649 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24651 ;;;***
24653 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24654 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19259 35429))
24655 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24657 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24658 Not documented
24660 \(fn)" nil nil)
24662 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24663 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24665 \(fn)" t nil)
24667 ;;;***
24669 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19259 35429))
24670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24672 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24673 Play the Snake game.
24674 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24676 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24678 Snake mode keybindings:
24679 \\<snake-mode-map>
24680 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24681 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24682 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24683 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24684 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24685 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24686 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24690 ;;;***
24692 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24693 ;;;;;; (19259 35429))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24696 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24697 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24698 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24699 Tab indents for C code.
24700 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24701 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24702 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24703 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24704 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24706 \(fn)" t nil)
24708 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24709 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24710 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24711 Tab indents for C code.
24712 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24714 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24715 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24716 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24718 \(fn)" t nil)
24720 ;;;***
24722 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19259
24723 ;;;;;; 35429))
24724 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24726 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24727 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24728 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24729 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24730 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24732 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24736 ;;;***
24738 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19259
24739 ;;;;;; 35429))
24740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24742 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24743 Play Solitaire.
24745 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24746 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24747 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24748 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24749 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24750 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24751 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24752 check after each move or undo.)
24754 What is Solitaire?
24756 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24757 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24758 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24760 Le Solitaire
24761 ============
24763 o o o
24765 o o o
24767 o o o o o o o
24769 o o o . o o o
24771 o o o o o o o
24773 o o o
24775 o o o
24777 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24778 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24779 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24780 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24782 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24783 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24784 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24785 this: o o .
24787 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24788 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24790 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24792 o o o
24794 . o o
24796 o o . o o o o
24798 o . o o o o o
24800 o o o o o o o
24802 o o o
24804 o o o
24806 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24808 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24812 ;;;***
24814 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24815 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24816 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19259 35429))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24818 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24820 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24821 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24823 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24824 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24825 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24826 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24827 contiguous.
24829 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24830 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24832 the sort order.
24834 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24835 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24837 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24838 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24839 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24840 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24841 is called.
24843 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24844 It should move point to the end of the record.
24846 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24847 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24848 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24849 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24850 starts at the beginning of the record.
24852 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24853 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24854 same as ENDRECFUN.
24856 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24857 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24859 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24861 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24862 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24863 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24864 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24865 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24866 the sort order.
24868 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24870 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24871 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24872 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24873 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24874 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24875 the sort order.
24877 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24879 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24880 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24881 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24882 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 the sort order.
24886 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24887 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24889 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24890 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24891 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24892 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24893 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24894 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24895 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24896 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24897 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24899 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24901 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24902 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24903 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24904 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24905 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24906 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24907 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24908 the sort order.
24910 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24912 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24913 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24914 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24915 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24916 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24917 is to be used for sorting.
24918 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24919 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24920 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24921 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24922 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24924 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24926 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24927 the sort order.
24929 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24930 starting with the letter \"f\",
24931 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24933 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24935 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24936 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24937 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24938 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24939 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24940 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24941 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24942 the sort order.
24944 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24945 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24946 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24947 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24948 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24950 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24952 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24953 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24954 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24956 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24958 ;;;***
24960 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19259
24961 ;;;;;; 35430))
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24964 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24965 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24966 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24967 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24968 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24969 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24971 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24973 ;;;***
24975 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24976 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24977 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19259 35430))
24978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24980 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
24981 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24983 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24984 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24985 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24987 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24989 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
24990 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24991 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24992 server.
24994 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24996 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
24997 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24998 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25000 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25002 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25003 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25004 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25005 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25006 Agent is plugged.
25008 \(fn)" t nil)
25010 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25011 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25012 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25013 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25015 \(fn)" t nil)
25017 ;;;***
25019 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25020 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19259 35430))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25023 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25025 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25026 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25027 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25028 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25029 supported at a time.
25030 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25031 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25035 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25036 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25037 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25038 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25040 \(fn)" t nil)
25042 ;;;***
25044 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25045 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19259 35430))
25046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25048 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25050 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25051 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25052 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25053 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25054 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25055 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25057 \(fn)" t nil)
25059 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25061 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25062 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25063 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25064 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25066 \(fn)" t nil)
25068 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25070 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25071 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25072 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25073 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25074 for example, \"word\".
25076 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25078 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25080 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25081 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25083 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25085 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25087 ;;;***
25089 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19259
25090 ;;;;;; 35430))
25091 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25093 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25094 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25096 \(fn)" t nil)
25098 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25099 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25101 \(fn)" nil nil)
25103 ;;;***
25105 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25106 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25107 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25108 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19259
25109 ;;;;;; 35430))
25110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25112 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25113 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25115 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25116 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25117 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25118 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25119 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25120 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25121 of the current highlighting list.
25123 For example:
25125 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25126 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25128 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25129 `_t' as data types.
25131 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25133 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25134 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25136 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25137 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25139 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25141 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25142 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25143 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25145 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25147 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25148 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25149 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25150 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25151 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25152 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25153 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25154 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25155 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25157 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25159 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25160 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25161 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25162 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25164 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25165 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25166 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25167 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25169 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25170 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25171 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25173 \(fn)" t nil)
25175 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25176 Major mode to edit SQL.
25178 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25179 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25180 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25182 \\{sql-mode-map}
25183 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25185 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25186 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25187 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25188 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25189 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25190 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25192 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25193 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25195 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25196 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25197 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25199 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25200 (lambda ()
25201 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25203 \(fn)" t nil)
25205 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25206 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25208 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25209 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25211 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25213 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25215 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25216 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25218 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25219 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25220 `*SQL*'.
25222 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25223 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25224 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25225 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25227 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25228 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25230 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25231 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25232 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25233 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25234 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25235 `default-process-coding-system'.
25237 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25239 \(fn)" t nil)
25241 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25242 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25244 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25245 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25246 `*SQL*'.
25248 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25249 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25250 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25251 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25253 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25254 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25256 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25257 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25258 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25259 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25260 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25261 `default-process-coding-system'.
25263 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25265 \(fn)" t nil)
25267 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25268 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25272 `*SQL*'.
25274 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25275 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25277 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25278 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25280 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25281 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25282 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25283 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25284 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25285 `default-process-coding-system'.
25287 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25292 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25294 SQLite is free software.
25296 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25297 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25298 `*SQL*'.
25300 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25301 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25302 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25303 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25305 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25306 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25308 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313 `default-process-coding-system'.
25315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25319 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25320 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25322 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25324 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25325 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25326 `*SQL*'.
25328 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25329 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25330 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25331 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25333 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25334 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25336 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25337 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25338 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25339 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25340 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25341 `default-process-coding-system'.
25343 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25347 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25348 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25350 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25351 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25352 `*SQL*'.
25354 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25355 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25356 defaults, if set.
25358 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25359 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25361 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25362 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25364 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25365 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25366 `default-process-coding-system'.
25368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25370 \(fn)" t nil)
25372 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25373 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25375 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25376 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25377 `*SQL*'.
25379 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25380 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25382 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25383 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25385 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25386 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25387 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25388 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25389 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25390 `default-process-coding-system'.
25392 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25394 \(fn)" t nil)
25396 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25397 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25399 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25400 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25401 `*SQL*'.
25403 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25404 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25405 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25406 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25408 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25409 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25411 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25412 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25413 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25414 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25415 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25416 `default-process-coding-system'.
25418 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25420 \(fn)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25423 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25425 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25426 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25427 `*SQL*'.
25429 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25430 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25431 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25432 `sql-postgres-options'.
25434 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25435 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25437 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25438 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25440 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25441 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25442 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25443 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25444 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25446 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25447 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25451 \(fn)" t nil)
25453 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25454 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25456 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25457 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25458 `*SQL*'.
25460 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25461 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25462 defaults, if set.
25464 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25465 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25467 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25468 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25469 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25470 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25471 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25472 `default-process-coding-system'.
25474 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25476 \(fn)" t nil)
25478 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25479 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25481 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25482 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25483 `*SQL*'.
25485 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25486 automatic login.
25488 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25489 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25491 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25492 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25493 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25494 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25496 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25497 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25498 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25499 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25500 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25501 `default-process-coding-system'.
25503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25505 \(fn)" t nil)
25507 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25508 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25512 `*SQL*'.
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25515 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25516 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25517 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25518 parameters.
25520 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25521 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25522 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25523 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25524 an empty password.
25526 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25527 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25531 \(fn)" t nil)
25533 ;;;***
25535 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25536 ;;;;;; (19259 35430))
25537 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25539 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25540 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25542 \(fn)" t nil)
25544 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25546 ;;;***
25548 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25549 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25550 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25551 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25552 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19259
25553 ;;;;;; 35430))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25556 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25557 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25558 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25559 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25560 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25561 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25563 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25565 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25567 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25568 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25569 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25570 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25571 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25572 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25573 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25575 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25577 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25578 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25579 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25580 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25581 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25582 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25583 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25585 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25587 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25588 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25589 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25591 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25593 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25594 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25595 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25597 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25599 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25600 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25602 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25604 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25605 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25607 \(fn)" t nil)
25609 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25610 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25612 \(fn)" t nil)
25614 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25615 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25616 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25617 chronologically by command name.
25618 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25620 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25622 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25623 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25624 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25627 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25629 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25631 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25632 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25633 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25634 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25635 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25636 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25637 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25639 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25640 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25641 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25642 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25644 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25648 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25649 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25650 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25651 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25653 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25655 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25656 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25658 \(fn)" t nil)
25660 ;;;***
25662 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25663 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19259 35430))
25664 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25666 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25667 Studlify-case the region.
25669 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25671 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25672 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25674 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25676 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25677 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25679 \(fn)" t nil)
25681 ;;;***
25683 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25684 ;;;;;; (19259 35430))
25685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25687 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25688 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25689 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25690 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25691 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25692 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25693 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25694 Here are some examples:
25696 Nomenclature Subwords
25697 ===========================================================
25698 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25699 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25700 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25702 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25703 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25704 as words.
25706 \\{subword-mode-map}
25708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25710 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25711 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25712 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25715 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25717 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25719 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25720 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25721 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
25722 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25723 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25727 ;;;***
25729 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25730 ;;;;;; (19259 35430))
25731 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25733 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25734 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25735 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25736 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25737 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25738 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25739 original message but it does require a few things:
25741 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25743 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25744 reply buffer.
25746 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25747 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25748 original message.
25750 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25752 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25754 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25755 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25756 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25758 \(fn)" nil nil)
25760 ;;;***
25762 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19259
25763 ;;;;;; 35431))
25764 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25766 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25768 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25769 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25770 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25773 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25775 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25777 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25778 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25779 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25780 otherwise turn it off.
25782 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25783 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25784 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25788 ;;;***
25790 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19259 35430))
25791 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25793 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25794 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25795 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25796 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25797 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25799 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25801 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25802 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25803 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25804 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25805 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25806 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25807 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25809 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25811 ;;;***
25813 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25814 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25815 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25816 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25817 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25818 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25819 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25820 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25821 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25822 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25823 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25824 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25825 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19259 35430))
25826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25828 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25829 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25830 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25832 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25834 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25835 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25837 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25839 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25840 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25842 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25844 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25845 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25847 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25849 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25850 Insert an editable text table.
25851 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25852 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25853 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25854 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25855 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25856 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25857 delimiting them.
25859 Examples:
25861 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25863 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25864 location of point.
25868 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25869 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25870 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25871 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25872 first cell.
25874 +-----+-----+-----+
25875 |-!- | | |
25876 +-----+-----+-----+
25878 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25880 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25881 width, which results as
25883 +--------------+-----+-----+
25884 |-!- | | |
25885 +--------------+-----+-----+
25887 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25888 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25890 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25891 | | |-!- |
25892 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25894 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25895 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25896 width information to `table-insert'.
25898 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25900 instead of
25902 Cell width(s): 5
25904 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25905 work all together.
25907 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25908 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25910 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25911 |-!- | | |
25912 | | | |
25913 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25915 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25917 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25918 |-!- | | |
25919 | | | |
25920 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25921 | | | |
25922 | | | |
25923 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25925 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25927 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25928 | | | |
25929 | | | |
25930 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25931 | | | |
25932 | | | |
25933 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25936 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25937 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25938 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25940 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25941 | | | |
25942 | | | |
25943 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25944 | | | |
25945 | | | |
25946 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25947 |-!- | | |
25948 | | | |
25949 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25951 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25952 results.
25954 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25955 | | | |
25956 | | | |
25957 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25958 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25959 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25960 | | |expected results.-!- |
25961 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25962 | | | |
25963 | | | |
25964 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25966 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25968 \\{table-cell-map}
25970 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25972 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25973 Insert N table row(s).
25974 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25975 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25976 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25977 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25979 \(fn N)" t nil)
25981 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
25982 Insert N table column(s).
25983 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25984 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25985 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25986 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25988 \(fn N)" t nil)
25990 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
25991 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25992 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25994 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25996 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
25997 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25998 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25999 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26000 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26001 all the table specific features.
26003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26005 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26006 Not documented
26008 \(fn)" t nil)
26010 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26011 Recognize all tables within region.
26012 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26013 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26014 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26015 specific features.
26017 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26019 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26020 Not documented
26022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26024 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26025 Recognize a table at point.
26026 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26027 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26028 the table specific features.
26030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26033 Not documented
26035 \(fn)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26038 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26039 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26040 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26041 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26042 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26043 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26045 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26048 Not documented
26050 \(fn)" t nil)
26052 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26053 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26054 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26055 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26056 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26057 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26058 specified.
26060 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26062 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26063 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26064 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26065 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26066 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26067 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26068 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26069 table structure.
26071 \(fn N)" t nil)
26073 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26074 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26075 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26076 table's rectangle structure.
26078 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26080 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26081 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26082 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26083 table's rectangle structure.
26085 \(fn N)" t nil)
26087 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26088 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26089 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26090 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26091 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26093 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26095 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26096 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26097 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26099 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26100 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26101 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26102 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26103 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26104 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26105 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26107 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26108 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26109 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26110 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26111 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26112 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26113 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26115 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26116 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26117 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26118 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26119 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26120 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26121 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26122 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26124 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26126 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26127 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26128 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26129 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26133 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26134 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26135 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26137 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26139 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26140 Split current cell vertically.
26141 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26143 \(fn)" t nil)
26145 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26146 Split current cell horizontally.
26147 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26149 \(fn)" t nil)
26151 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26152 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26153 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26155 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26157 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26158 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26159 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26160 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26162 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26164 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26165 Justify cell contents.
26166 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26167 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26168 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26169 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26171 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26173 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26174 Justify cells of a row.
26175 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26176 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26178 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26180 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26181 Justify cells of a column.
26182 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26183 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26185 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26187 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26188 Toggle fixing width mode.
26189 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26190 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26191 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26195 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26196 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26197 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26198 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26199 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26200 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26201 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26202 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26203 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26204 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26205 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26207 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26210 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26211 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26212 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26213 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26214 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26215 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26216 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26217 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26218 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26219 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26220 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26221 untouched.
26223 References used for this implementation:
26225 HTML:
26226 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26228 LaTeX:
26229 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26231 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26232 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26233 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26235 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26238 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26239 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26240 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26241 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26242 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26243 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26244 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26245 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26246 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26247 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26248 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26249 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26250 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26251 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26252 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26253 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26255 Example:
26257 (progn
26258 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26259 (table-forward-cell 15)
26260 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26261 (table-forward-cell 16)
26262 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26263 (table-forward-cell 1)
26264 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26266 (progn
26267 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26268 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26269 (table-forward-cell 1)
26270 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26272 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26274 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26275 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26276 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26277 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26278 consists from cells of same height.
26280 \(fn N)" t nil)
26282 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26283 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26284 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26285 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26286 column must consists from cells of same width.
26288 \(fn N)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26291 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26292 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26293 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26294 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26295 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26296 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26297 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26298 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26299 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26300 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26301 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26302 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26303 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26304 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26307 Example 1:
26309 1, 2, 3, 4
26310 5, 6, 7, 8
26311 , 9, 10
26313 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26314 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26315 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26316 specified as 5.
26318 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26319 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26320 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26321 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26322 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26323 | | 9 | 10 | |
26324 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26326 Note:
26328 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26329 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26330 of each row is optional.
26333 Example 2:
26335 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26336 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26337 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26338 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26339 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26341 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26342 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26344 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26345 expression and raw delimiter regular
26346 expression, it parses the specified text
26347 area and extracts cell items from
26348 non-table text and then forms a table out
26349 of them.
26351 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26352 creates a single cell table. The text in
26353 the specified region is placed in that
26354 cell.-*-
26356 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26357 like this.
26359 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26360 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26361 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26363 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26364 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26365 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26366 | area and extracts cell items from |
26367 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26368 | of them. |
26370 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26371 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26372 | the specified region is placed in that |
26373 | cell. |
26374 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26376 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26377 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26378 independently.
26380 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26381 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26382 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26383 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26384 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26385 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26386 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26387 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26388 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26389 | |of them. |
26390 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26391 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26392 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26393 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26394 | |cell. |
26395 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26397 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26398 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26399 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26401 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26403 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26404 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26405 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26406 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26407 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26409 \(fn)" t nil)
26411 ;;;***
26413 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19259 35430))
26414 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26416 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26417 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26419 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26421 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26422 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26424 \(fn)" t nil)
26426 ;;;***
26428 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19259 35430))
26429 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26431 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26432 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26433 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26434 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26435 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26436 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26437 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26439 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26440 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26441 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26442 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26444 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26445 \\{tar-mode-map}
26447 \(fn)" t nil)
26449 ;;;***
26451 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26452 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19259 35430))
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26455 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26456 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26457 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26458 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26459 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26460 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26462 Variables controlling indentation style:
26463 `tcl-indent-level'
26464 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26465 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26466 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26468 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26469 documentation for details):
26470 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26471 Controls action of TAB key.
26472 `tcl-auto-newline'
26473 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26474 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26475 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26476 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26477 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26479 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26480 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26481 already exist.
26483 Commands:
26484 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26486 \(fn)" t nil)
26488 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26489 Run inferior Tcl process.
26490 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26491 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26493 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26495 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26496 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26497 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26499 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26501 ;;;***
26503 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19259 35430))
26504 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26505 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26507 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26508 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26509 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26510 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26512 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26513 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26514 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26515 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26516 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26518 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26519 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26521 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26522 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26523 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26524 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26526 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26528 ;;;***
26530 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26531 ;;;;;; (19259 35430))
26532 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26534 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26535 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26536 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26537 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26538 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26539 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26541 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26543 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26544 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26545 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26546 commands to use in that buffer.
26548 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26550 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26552 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26553 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26555 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26557 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26558 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26559 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26560 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26561 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26562 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26563 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26564 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26565 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26566 use in that buffer.
26567 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26569 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26571 ;;;***
26573 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19259
26574 ;;;;;; 35430))
26575 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26577 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26578 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26579 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26580 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26581 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26582 program as keyboard input.
26584 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26585 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26586 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26587 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26589 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26590 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26591 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26592 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26593 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26595 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26597 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26598 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26599 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26600 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26602 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26603 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26604 subprocess started.
26606 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26608 ;;;***
26610 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26611 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26614 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26615 Start coverage on function under point.
26617 \(fn)" t nil)
26619 ;;;***
26621 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19259 35431))
26622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26624 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26625 Play the Tetris game.
26626 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26627 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26628 as to form complete rows.
26630 tetris-mode keybindings:
26631 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26632 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26633 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26634 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26635 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26636 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26637 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26638 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26639 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26641 \(fn)" t nil)
26643 ;;;***
26645 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26646 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26647 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26648 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26649 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26650 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26651 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26652 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
26653 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26655 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26656 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26658 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26660 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26661 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26662 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26663 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26664 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26666 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26668 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26669 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26670 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26671 if it matches the first line of the file,
26672 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26674 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26676 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26677 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26678 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26679 if the variable is non-nil.")
26681 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26683 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26684 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26686 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26688 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26689 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26690 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26691 See the documentation of that variable.")
26693 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26695 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26696 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26697 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26698 See the documentation of that variable.")
26700 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26702 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26703 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26704 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26705 See the documentation of that variable.")
26707 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26709 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26710 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26711 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26712 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26713 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26715 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26717 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26718 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26719 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26720 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26722 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26724 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26725 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26726 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26728 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26730 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26731 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26732 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26733 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26735 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26737 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26738 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26739 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26740 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26742 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26744 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26745 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26746 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26747 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26749 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26750 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26751 for example,
26753 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26754 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26756 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26757 use.")
26759 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26761 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26762 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26763 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26764 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26765 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26767 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26769 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26771 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26772 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26773 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26775 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26777 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26778 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26779 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26780 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26781 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26783 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26785 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26786 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26788 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26790 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26791 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26793 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26795 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26796 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26797 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26798 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26799 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26800 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26801 says which mode to use.
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26805 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26807 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26809 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26811 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26812 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26813 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26814 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26815 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26817 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26818 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26819 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26820 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26821 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26822 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26823 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26825 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26826 mismatched $'s or braces.
26828 Special commands:
26829 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26831 Mode variables:
26832 tex-run-command
26833 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26834 tex-directory
26835 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26836 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26837 tex-dvi-print-command
26838 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26839 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26840 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26841 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26842 tex-dvi-view-command
26843 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26844 tex-show-queue-command
26845 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26846 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26848 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26849 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26850 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26852 \(fn)" t nil)
26854 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26855 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26856 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26857 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26858 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26860 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26861 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26862 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26863 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26864 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26865 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26866 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26868 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26869 mismatched $'s or braces.
26871 Special commands:
26872 \\{latex-mode-map}
26874 Mode variables:
26875 latex-run-command
26876 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26877 tex-directory
26878 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26879 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26880 tex-dvi-print-command
26881 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26882 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26883 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26884 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26885 tex-dvi-view-command
26886 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26887 tex-show-queue-command
26888 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26889 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26891 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26892 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26893 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26895 \(fn)" t nil)
26897 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26898 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26899 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26900 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26901 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26903 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26904 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26905 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26906 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26907 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26908 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26909 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26911 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26912 mismatched $'s or braces.
26914 Special commands:
26915 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26917 Mode variables:
26918 slitex-run-command
26919 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26920 tex-directory
26921 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26922 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26923 tex-dvi-print-command
26924 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26925 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26926 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26927 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26928 tex-dvi-view-command
26929 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26930 tex-show-queue-command
26931 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26932 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26934 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26935 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26936 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26937 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26939 \(fn)" t nil)
26941 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26942 Not documented
26944 \(fn)" nil nil)
26946 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26947 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26951 ;;;***
26953 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26954 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19259 35431))
26955 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26957 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26958 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26959 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26960 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26962 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26963 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26964 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26966 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26968 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26969 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26970 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26971 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26972 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26974 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
26977 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26978 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26979 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26981 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26982 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26983 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26984 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26986 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26987 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
26989 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26991 ;;;***
26993 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26994 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19259 35431))
26995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26997 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26998 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27000 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27002 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27003 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27005 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27007 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27008 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27010 It has these extra commands:
27011 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27013 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27014 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27015 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27016 modified version of TeX input format.
27018 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27019 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27020 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27021 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27023 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27024 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27025 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27026 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27027 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27028 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27029 in the Texinfo file.
27031 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27032 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27033 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27034 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27035 move forward past the closing brace.
27037 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27038 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27040 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27041 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27042 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27044 Here are the functions:
27046 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27047 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27048 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27050 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27051 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27052 texinfo-master-menu
27054 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27056 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27057 which menu descriptions are indented.
27059 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27060 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27061 in the region.
27063 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27064 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27065 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27066 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27068 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27069 be the first node in the file.
27071 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27072 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27074 \(fn)" t nil)
27076 ;;;***
27078 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27079 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27080 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27081 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27083 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27084 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27085 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27086 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27088 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27090 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27091 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27093 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27095 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27096 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27098 \(fn)" t nil)
27100 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27101 Not documented
27103 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27105 ;;;***
27107 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27108 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27109 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19259 35431))
27110 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27112 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27113 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27115 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27117 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27118 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27119 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27120 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27121 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27123 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27124 a symbol as a valid THING.
27126 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27127 of the textual entity that was found.
27129 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27131 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27132 Return the THING at point.
27133 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27134 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27135 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27137 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27138 a symbol as a valid THING.
27140 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27142 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27143 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27145 \(fn)" nil nil)
27147 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27148 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27150 \(fn)" nil nil)
27152 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27153 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27155 \(fn)" nil nil)
27157 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27158 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27160 \(fn)" nil nil)
27162 ;;;***
27164 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27165 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27166 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27167 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27169 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27170 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27172 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27174 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27175 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27176 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27177 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27179 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27181 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27182 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27184 \(fn)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27187 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27189 \(fn)" t nil)
27191 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27193 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27194 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27196 \(fn)" t nil)
27198 ;;;***
27200 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27201 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27202 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27203 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27204 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19259
27205 ;;;;;; 35431))
27206 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27208 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27209 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27210 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27212 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27214 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27215 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27217 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27219 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27220 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27221 The returned string has no composition information.
27223 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27225 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27226 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27228 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27230 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27231 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27233 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27235 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27236 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27237 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27238 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27240 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27242 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27243 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27244 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27245 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27247 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27249 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27250 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27251 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27253 \(fn)" t nil)
27255 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27256 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27257 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27259 \(fn)" t nil)
27261 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27262 Not documented
27264 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27266 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27267 Not documented
27269 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27271 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27272 Not documented
27274 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27276 ;;;***
27278 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27279 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27282 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27283 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27284 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27285 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27286 parameters.
27287 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27292 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27293 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27294 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27295 parameters.
27296 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27298 \(fn)" t nil)
27300 ;;;***
27302 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27303 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27304 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19259 35431))
27305 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27307 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27308 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27310 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27311 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27313 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27314 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27315 This display updates automatically every minute.
27316 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27317 are displayed as well.
27318 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27320 \(fn)" t nil)
27322 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27323 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27324 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27325 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27326 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27327 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27329 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27331 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27332 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27333 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27335 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27336 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27337 are displayed as well.
27338 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27342 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27343 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27344 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27345 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27347 \(fn)" t nil)
27349 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27350 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27351 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27352 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27354 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27356 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27357 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27359 \(fn)" t nil)
27361 ;;;***
27363 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27364 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27365 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27366 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27367 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27368 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27370 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27371 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27373 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27374 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27375 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27376 (progn
27377 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27378 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27379 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27381 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27382 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27384 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27386 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27387 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27389 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27391 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27392 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27394 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27396 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27397 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27398 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27400 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27402 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27404 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27405 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27406 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27408 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27410 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27411 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27413 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27415 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27416 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27417 DATE should be a date-time string.
27419 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27421 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27422 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27423 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27425 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27427 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27428 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27430 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27432 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27433 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27435 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27437 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27438 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27439 TIME should be a time value.
27440 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27442 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27444 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27445 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27446 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27448 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27450 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27451 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27452 The valid format specifiers are:
27453 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27454 %d is the number of days.
27455 %h is the number of hours.
27456 %m is the number of minutes.
27457 %s is the number of seconds.
27458 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27459 %% is a literal \"%\".
27461 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27462 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27464 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27465 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27466 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27468 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27469 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27470 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27472 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27474 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27476 ;;;***
27478 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27479 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19259 35431))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27481 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27482 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27483 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27484 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27485 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27486 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27487 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27488 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27490 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27491 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27492 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27493 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27494 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27495 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27496 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27497 look like one of the following:
27498 Time-stamp: <>
27499 Time-stamp: \" \"
27500 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27501 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27502 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27503 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27504 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27505 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27506 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27507 the template.
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27511 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27512 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27513 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27517 ;;;***
27519 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27520 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27521 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27522 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27523 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27526 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27527 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27528 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27529 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27530 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27531 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27532 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27533 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27534 display (non-nil means on).
27536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27538 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27539 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27540 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27541 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27542 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27543 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27544 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27545 this function is called within a day.
27547 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27548 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27549 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27550 discover the name of the project.
27552 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27554 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27555 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27556 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27557 begun during the last time segment.
27559 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27560 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27561 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27562 discover the reason.
27564 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27566 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27567 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27568 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27569 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27570 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27572 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27574 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27575 Change to working on a different project.
27576 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27577 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27578 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27579 working on.
27581 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27583 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27584 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27585 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27587 \(fn)" nil nil)
27589 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27590 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27591 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27593 \(fn)" t nil)
27595 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27596 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27597 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27598 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27599 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27600 \"relative to today\".
27602 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27604 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27605 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27606 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27607 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27609 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27611 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27612 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27613 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27614 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27615 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27616 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27618 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27620 ;;;***
27622 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27623 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19259 35431))
27624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27626 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27627 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27628 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27629 the generated Quail package is saved.
27631 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27633 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27634 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27635 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27636 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27637 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27638 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27639 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27641 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27643 ;;;***
27645 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27646 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19259 35431))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27648 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27649 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27651 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27652 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27653 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27654 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27655 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27657 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27659 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27660 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27661 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27662 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27663 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27665 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27667 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27668 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27669 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27670 in the menu in two ways:
27671 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27672 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27673 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27675 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27676 keymap or an alist of alists.
27677 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27678 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27680 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27682 ;;;***
27684 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27685 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27686 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19259 35431))
27687 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27689 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27690 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27692 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27694 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27695 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27697 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27699 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27700 Insert new TODO list entry.
27701 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27702 category.
27704 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27706 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27707 List top priorities for each category.
27709 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27710 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27712 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27713 between each category.
27714 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27716 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27718 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27719 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27720 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27721 between each category.
27723 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27725 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27727 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27728 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27730 \\{todo-mode-map}
27732 \(fn)" t nil)
27734 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27735 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27737 \(fn)" nil nil)
27739 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27740 Show TODO list.
27742 \(fn)" t nil)
27744 ;;;***
27746 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27747 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27748 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19259 35431))
27749 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27751 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27752 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27753 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27757 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27759 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27760 Add an item to the tool bar.
27761 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27762 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27763 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27764 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27766 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27767 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27768 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27769 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27771 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27772 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27774 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27776 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27777 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27778 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27779 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27780 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27781 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27783 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27784 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27785 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27786 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27788 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27790 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27791 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27792 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27793 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27794 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27795 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27796 properties to add to the binding.
27798 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27800 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27801 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27803 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27805 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27806 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27807 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27808 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27809 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27810 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27811 properties to add to the binding.
27813 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27814 holds a keymap.
27816 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27818 ;;;***
27820 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27821 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27824 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27825 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27826 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27829 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27831 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27833 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27834 TPU/edt emulation.
27836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27840 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27841 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27843 \(fn)" t nil)
27845 ;;;***
27847 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27848 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
27849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27851 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27852 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27854 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27855 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27856 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27857 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27858 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27860 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27861 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27862 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27863 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27864 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27866 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27867 (tpu-edt)
27869 Known Problems:
27871 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27872 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27873 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27874 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27875 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27876 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27878 \(fn)" t nil)
27880 ;;;***
27882 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19259 35431))
27883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27885 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27886 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27887 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27888 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27889 to a tcp server on another machine.
27891 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27893 ;;;***
27895 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27896 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19259 35431))
27897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27899 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27900 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27902 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27904 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27905 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27906 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27907 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27908 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27909 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27910 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27911 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27913 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27915 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27916 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27917 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27918 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27919 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27920 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27921 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27922 the window or buffer configuration.
27924 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27926 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27928 ;;;***
27930 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27931 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27932 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27933 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19259 35431))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27936 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27937 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27938 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27940 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27942 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27943 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27945 It can have the following values:
27947 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27948 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27949 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27951 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27953 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27954 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27955 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27956 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27958 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27959 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27960 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27961 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27963 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27964 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27965 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27967 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27968 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27969 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27970 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27971 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27972 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27973 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27974 files which are not really Tramp files.
27976 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27977 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27978 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27979 updated after changing this variable.
27981 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27983 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
27984 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
27985 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
27986 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
27988 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
27989 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27990 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
27991 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27993 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
27994 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27995 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27996 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27998 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
27999 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28000 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28002 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28003 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28004 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28006 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28007 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28008 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28009 updated after changing this variable.
28011 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28013 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28014 Alist of completion handler functions.
28015 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28016 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28017 normal Emacs functions.")
28019 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28020 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28021 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28022 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28024 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28025 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28026 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28027 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28029 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28030 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28031 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28033 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28035 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28036 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28037 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28039 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28040 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28041 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28043 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28044 Not documented
28046 \(fn)" nil nil)
28048 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28049 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28051 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28053 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28054 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28056 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28058 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28059 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28061 \(fn)" t nil)
28063 ;;;***
28065 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28066 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28069 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28070 Not documented
28072 \(fn)" nil nil)
28074 ;;;***
28076 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19259
28077 ;;;;;; 35431))
28078 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28080 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28081 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28082 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28083 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28084 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28085 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28086 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28087 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28089 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28090 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28091 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28093 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28094 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28095 resumed later.
28097 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28099 ;;;***
28101 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28102 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
28103 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28105 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28106 Not documented
28108 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28110 ;;;***
28112 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28113 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19259 35431))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28115 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28116 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28117 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28119 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28120 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28121 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28122 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28123 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28124 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28125 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28129 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28130 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28131 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28132 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28134 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28136 \(fn)" t nil)
28138 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28139 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28140 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28141 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28142 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28143 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28144 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28146 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28147 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28149 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28150 \\___/\\
28151 / \\
28152 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28154 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28156 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28158 ;;;***
28160 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28161 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28162 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28163 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28164 ;;;;;; (19259 35431))
28165 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28167 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28168 Toggle typing break mode.
28169 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28171 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28173 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28175 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28176 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28178 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28180 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28181 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28183 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28184 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28185 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28187 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28188 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28190 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28192 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28193 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28195 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28196 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28197 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28198 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28200 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28202 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28203 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28204 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28206 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28207 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28208 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28209 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28210 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28211 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28213 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28214 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28215 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28216 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28218 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28219 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28221 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28222 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28224 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28226 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28227 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28228 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28230 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28231 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28232 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28233 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28234 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28235 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28236 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28238 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28239 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28241 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28242 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28243 reset the keystroke counter.
28245 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28246 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28247 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28248 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28250 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28251 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28252 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28253 `type-break-schedule' command.
28255 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28256 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28257 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28258 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28259 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28260 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28261 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28262 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28263 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28265 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28266 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28267 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28268 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28269 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28271 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28272 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28273 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28274 approximate good values for this.
28276 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28277 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28279 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28280 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28281 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28282 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28283 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28284 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28286 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28287 a typing break occur. They include:
28289 `type-break-query-mode'
28290 `type-break-query-function'
28291 `type-break-query-interval'
28293 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28295 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28296 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28297 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28298 problems.
28300 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28302 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28303 Take a typing break.
28305 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28306 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28308 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28309 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28311 \(fn)" t nil)
28313 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28314 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28315 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28316 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28318 \(fn)" t nil)
28320 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28321 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28323 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28324 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28325 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28326 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28327 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28328 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28329 average typing speed.)
28331 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28332 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28333 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28334 the computed maximum threshold.
28336 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28337 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28338 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28339 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28340 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28342 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28344 ;;;***
28346 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19259 35431))
28347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28349 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28350 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28351 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28352 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28353 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28355 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28357 ;;;***
28359 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28360 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28361 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28362 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28363 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28364 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19259 35431))
28365 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28367 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28368 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28372 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28373 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28375 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28377 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28378 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28382 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28383 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28385 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28387 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28388 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28392 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28393 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28395 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28397 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28398 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28402 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28403 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28407 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28408 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28410 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28412 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28413 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28415 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28417 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28418 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28422 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28423 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28425 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28427 ;;;***
28429 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28430 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19259 35431))
28431 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28433 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28434 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28435 Works by overstriking underscores.
28436 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28437 which specify the range to operate on.
28439 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28441 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28442 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28443 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28444 which specify the range to operate on.
28446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28448 ;;;***
28450 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28451 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28454 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28455 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28456 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28457 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28458 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28459 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28461 \(fn)" nil nil)
28463 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28464 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28466 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28468 ;;;***
28470 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19259
28471 ;;;;;; 35432))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28474 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28475 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28476 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28477 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28479 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28481 ;;;***
28483 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28484 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19259 35432))
28485 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28487 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28488 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28489 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28491 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28492 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28493 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28494 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28495 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28496 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28498 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28499 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28500 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28502 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28503 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28504 the callback is not called).
28506 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28507 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28508 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28509 take effect.
28511 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28514 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28515 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28516 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28517 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28521 ;;;***
28523 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28524 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19259 35432))
28525 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28527 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28528 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28529 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28531 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28532 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28533 `url-generic-parse-url'
28534 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28535 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28536 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28537 realm
28538 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28539 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28540 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28541 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28542 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28543 what type of auth to use
28544 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28545 if one cannot be found in the cache
28547 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28549 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28550 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28552 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28553 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28554 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28555 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28556 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28557 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28558 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28559 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28561 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28563 ;;;***
28565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28566 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19259
28567 ;;;;;; 35432))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28570 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28571 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28573 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28575 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28576 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28578 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28580 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28581 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28583 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28585 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28586 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28588 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28590 ;;;***
28592 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19259 35432))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28595 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28596 Not documented
28598 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28600 ;;;***
28602 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28603 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19259 35432))
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28606 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28607 Not documented
28609 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28611 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28612 Not documented
28614 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28616 ;;;***
28618 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19259
28619 ;;;;;; 35432))
28620 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28622 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28623 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28625 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28627 ;;;***
28629 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28630 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19259 35432))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28633 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28634 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28636 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28638 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28639 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28640 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28641 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28642 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28644 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28646 ;;;***
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28649 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28650 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28651 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28653 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28654 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28655 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28658 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28660 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28662 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28663 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28667 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28668 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28669 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28670 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28672 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28675 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28676 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28677 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28678 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28679 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28680 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28681 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28682 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28683 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28685 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28687 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28688 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28689 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28690 accessible.
28692 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28694 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28695 Not documented
28697 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28699 ;;;***
28701 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28702 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19259 35432))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28705 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28706 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28707 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28708 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28709 CBARGS as the arguments.
28711 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28713 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28714 Not documented
28716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28718 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28720 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28721 Not documented
28723 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28725 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28726 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28727 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28729 Property list members:
28731 methods
28732 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28733 supports.
28736 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28737 supported.
28739 dasl
28740 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28742 ranges
28743 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28746 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28747 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28748 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28749 Emacs/W3.
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28753 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28754 Default HTTPS port.")
28756 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28757 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28758 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28760 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28761 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28762 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28763 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28764 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28766 ;;;***
28768 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19259 35432))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28771 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28772 Not documented
28774 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28776 ;;;***
28778 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19259
28779 ;;;;;; 35432))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28782 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28783 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28784 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28785 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28786 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28788 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28790 ;;;***
28792 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28793 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28796 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28797 Not documented
28799 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28801 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28802 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28804 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28806 ;;;***
28808 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28809 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19259 35432))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28812 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28813 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28815 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28817 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28818 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28820 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28822 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28823 Not documented
28825 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28827 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28829 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28831 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28833 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28834 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28836 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28838 ;;;***
28840 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28841 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28844 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28845 Not documented
28847 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28849 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28850 Not documented
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28854 ;;;***
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28857 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28858 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28861 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28862 Not documented
28864 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28867 Not documented
28869 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28871 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28872 Not documented
28874 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28876 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28877 Not documented
28879 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28882 Not documented
28884 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28887 Not documented
28889 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28892 Not documented
28894 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28896 ;;;***
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28899 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19259 35432))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28902 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28903 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28905 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28907 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28908 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28909 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28910 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28914 ;;;***
28916 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28917 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28920 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28921 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28923 \(fn)" t nil)
28925 ;;;***
28927 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28928 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28929 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28930 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28931 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28932 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28933 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19259 35432))
28934 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28936 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28937 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28938 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28940 If t, all messages will be logged.
28941 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28942 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28944 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28946 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28947 Not documented
28949 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28951 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28952 Not documented
28954 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28956 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28957 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28958 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28959 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28960 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28961 & ==> &amp;
28962 < ==> &lt;
28963 > ==> &gt;
28964 \" ==> &quot;
28966 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28969 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28970 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28975 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28976 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28978 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28980 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28981 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28983 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28985 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
28986 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28988 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28990 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
28991 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28993 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28995 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
28996 Not documented
28998 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29000 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29001 Not documented
29003 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29006 Not documented
29008 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29010 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29012 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29013 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29015 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29017 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29018 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29022 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29023 Not documented
29025 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29027 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29028 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29029 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29030 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29031 forbidden in URL encoding.
29033 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29035 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29036 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29037 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29038 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29039 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29040 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29042 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29045 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29046 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29047 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29049 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29051 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29052 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29053 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29055 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29057 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29058 View the current document's URL.
29059 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29060 the minibuffer.
29062 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29064 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29066 ;;;***
29068 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29069 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19259 35432))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29072 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29073 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29074 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29075 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29076 to refrain from editing the file
29077 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29078 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29079 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29080 in any way you like.
29082 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29084 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29085 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29086 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29087 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29088 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29090 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29091 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29093 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29095 ;;;***
29097 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29098 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29099 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19259 35432))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29102 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29103 Not documented
29105 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29107 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29108 Not documented
29110 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29113 Not documented
29115 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29118 Not documented
29120 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29122 ;;;***
29124 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29125 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29126 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29129 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29130 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29131 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29132 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29134 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29136 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29137 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29138 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29140 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29142 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29143 Uudecode region between START and END.
29144 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29146 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29148 ;;;***
29150 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29151 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29152 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29153 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29154 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29155 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29156 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19259 35432))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29159 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29160 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29161 See `run-hooks'.")
29163 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29165 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29166 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29167 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29169 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29171 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29172 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29173 See `run-hooks'.")
29175 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29177 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29178 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29179 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29181 For locking systems:
29182 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29183 control.
29184 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29185 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29186 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29187 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29188 it performs a revert on that file.
29189 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29190 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29191 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29192 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29193 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29194 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29195 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29197 For merging systems:
29198 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29199 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29200 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29201 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29202 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29203 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29204 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29205 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29206 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29208 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29210 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29211 Register into a version control system.
29212 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29213 Otherwise register the current file.
29214 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29215 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29217 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29218 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29219 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29220 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29221 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29222 first backend that could register the file is used.
29224 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29226 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29227 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29229 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29231 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29232 Display diffs between file revisions.
29233 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29234 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29235 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29237 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29238 saving the buffer.
29240 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29242 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29243 Display diffs between file revisions.
29244 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29245 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29246 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29248 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29249 saving the buffer.
29251 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29253 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29254 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29255 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29256 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29258 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29260 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29261 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29262 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29263 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29265 \(fn)" t nil)
29267 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29268 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29269 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29270 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29271 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29272 from the current branch.
29274 See Info node `Merging'.
29276 \(fn)" t nil)
29278 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29280 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29281 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29282 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29283 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29284 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29285 checked out in that new branch.
29287 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29289 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29290 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29291 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29292 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29293 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29294 allowed and simply skipped).
29296 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29298 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29299 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29300 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29302 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29304 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29305 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29307 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29309 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29310 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29311 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29312 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29314 \(fn)" t nil)
29316 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29317 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29318 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29319 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29321 \(fn)" t nil)
29323 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29325 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29326 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29327 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29328 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29329 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29330 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29332 \(fn)" t nil)
29334 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29335 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29336 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29337 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29338 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29339 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29340 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29342 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29344 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29345 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29346 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29347 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29348 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29349 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29350 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29351 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29352 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29354 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29356 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29357 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29359 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29361 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29362 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29364 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29366 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29367 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29368 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29369 directory.
29371 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29373 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29374 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29375 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29377 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29378 log entries should be gathered.
29380 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29382 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29383 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29385 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29387 ;;;***
29389 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19259
29390 ;;;;;; 35432))
29391 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29393 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29394 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29396 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29397 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29398 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29399 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29400 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29401 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29403 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29404 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29405 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29406 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29407 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29408 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29409 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29410 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29412 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29414 Customization variables:
29416 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29417 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29418 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29419 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29421 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29423 ;;;***
29425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19259 35432))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29427 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29428 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29429 (progn
29430 (load "vc-arch")
29431 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29433 ;;;***
29435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19259 35432))
29436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29438 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29439 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29441 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29442 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29443 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29444 (progn
29445 (load "vc-bzr")
29446 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29448 ;;;***
29450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19259 35432))
29451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29452 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29453 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29454 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29455 (load "vc-cvs")
29456 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29458 ;;;***
29460 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19259 35432))
29461 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29463 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29464 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29465 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29466 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29467 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29469 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29470 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29471 The file lines appear later.
29473 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29474 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29476 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29478 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29480 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29482 ;;;***
29484 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29485 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29486 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29488 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29489 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29490 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29491 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29492 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29493 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29494 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29495 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29496 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29497 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29498 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29499 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29500 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29501 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29502 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29504 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29506 ;;;***
29508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19259 35432))
29509 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29510 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29511 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29512 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29513 (progn
29514 (load "vc-git")
29515 (vc-git-registered file))))
29517 ;;;***
29519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19259 35432))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29521 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29522 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29523 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29524 (progn
29525 (load "vc-hg")
29526 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29528 ;;;***
29530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19259 35432))
29531 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29533 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29535 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29536 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29537 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29538 (progn
29539 (load "vc-mtn")
29540 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29542 ;;;***
29544 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29545 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29546 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29548 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29549 Where to look for RCS master files.
29550 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29552 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29554 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29556 ;;;***
29558 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29559 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29562 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29563 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29564 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29566 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29567 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29569 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29570 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29571 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29572 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29574 ;;;***
29576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19259 35432))
29577 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29578 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29579 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29580 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29581 "_svn")
29582 (t ".svn"))))
29583 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29584 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29585 (file-name-directory f)))
29586 (load "vc-svn")
29587 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29589 ;;;***
29591 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29592 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29594 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29596 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29597 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29599 Usage:
29600 ------
29602 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29603 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29604 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29605 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29607 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29608 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29609 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29610 completions.
29612 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29613 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29615 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29616 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29618 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29619 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29620 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29622 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29625 Maintenance:
29626 ------------
29628 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29629 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29631 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29633 Official distribution is at
29634 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29637 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29638 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29640 Key bindings:
29641 -------------
29643 \\{vera-mode-map}
29645 \(fn)" t nil)
29647 ;;;***
29649 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29650 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29653 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29654 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29655 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29656 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29657 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29659 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29661 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29662 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29664 Supports highlighting.
29666 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29667 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29669 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29671 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29672 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29673 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29674 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29675 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29676 on the left side of your screen.
29677 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29678 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29679 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29680 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29681 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29682 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29683 function keyword.
29684 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29685 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29686 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29687 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29688 if (a)
29689 begin
29690 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29691 Indentation for case statements.
29692 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29693 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29694 mark after an end.
29695 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29696 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29697 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29698 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29699 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29700 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29701 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29702 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29703 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29704 if (a)
29705 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29706 otherwise you get:
29707 if (a)
29708 begin
29709 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29710 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29711 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29712 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29713 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29714 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29715 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29716 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29717 comments in tight quarters.
29718 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29719 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29721 Variables controlling other actions:
29723 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29724 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29725 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29727 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29729 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29731 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29732 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29733 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29735 Some other functions are:
29737 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29738 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29739 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29740 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29741 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29743 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29744 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29745 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29746 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29748 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29749 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29750 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29751 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29752 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29753 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29754 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29755 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29756 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29757 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29758 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29759 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29760 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29761 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29762 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29763 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29764 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29765 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29766 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29767 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29768 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29769 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29770 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29771 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29772 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29773 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29774 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29775 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29777 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29778 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29780 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29782 \(fn)" t nil)
29784 ;;;***
29786 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29787 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
29788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29790 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29791 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29793 Usage:
29794 ------
29796 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29797 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29798 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29799 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29800 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29801 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29802 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29803 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29804 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29806 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29807 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29808 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29809 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29811 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29812 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29813 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29814 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29815 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29817 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29818 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29821 HEADER INSERTION:
29822 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29823 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29824 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29827 STUTTERING:
29828 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29829 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29830 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29831 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29833 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29834 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29835 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29836 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29837 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29840 WORD COMPLETION:
29841 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29842 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29843 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29844 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29846 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29847 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29848 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29849 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29850 beginning with \"std\").
29852 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29853 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29854 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29855 stop.
29858 COMMENTS:
29859 `--' puts a single comment.
29860 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29861 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29862 with a comment in between.
29863 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29864 out following lines.
29865 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29866 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29868 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29869 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29870 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29871 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29872 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29873 non-nil.
29875 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29876 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29877 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29878 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29879 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29880 multi-line comments.
29883 INDENTATION:
29884 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29885 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29886 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29887 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29889 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29890 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29891 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29892 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29894 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29895 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29896 and vice versa.
29898 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29899 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29902 ALIGNMENT:
29903 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29904 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29905 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29906 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29907 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29908 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29909 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29910 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29912 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29913 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29914 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29915 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29916 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29917 is non-nil.
29919 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29920 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29921 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29923 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29924 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29927 CODE FILLING:
29928 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29929 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29930 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29931 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29932 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29933 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29936 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29937 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29938 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29939 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29940 command:
29942 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29945 PORT TRANSLATION:
29946 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29947 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29948 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29949 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29950 internal signal initializations (menu).
29952 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29953 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29954 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29956 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29957 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29958 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29959 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29960 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29961 in subsequent paste operations.)
29963 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29964 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29965 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29968 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29969 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29970 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29971 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29972 association list with formals).
29975 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29976 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29977 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29978 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29979 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29980 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29981 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29982 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29983 `vhdl-testbench'.
29986 KEY BINDINGS:
29987 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29990 VHDL MENU:
29991 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29994 FILE BROWSER:
29995 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29996 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29997 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29999 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30000 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30003 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30004 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30005 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30006 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30008 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30009 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30010 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30012 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30013 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30014 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30015 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30017 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30018 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30019 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30020 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30021 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30023 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30024 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30025 required by secondary units.
30028 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30029 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30030 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30031 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30032 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30033 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30034 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30035 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30036 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30037 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30038 inputs to this component -> input port created
30039 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30040 outputs from this component -> output port created
30041 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30042 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30044 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30045 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30046 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30047 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30048 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30050 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30051 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30053 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30054 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30055 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30056 component instantiation is also supported (option
30057 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30059 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30060 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30061 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30062 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30063 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30064 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30065 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30066 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30067 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30068 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30069 | generating the configuration.
30071 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30072 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30073 | configurations in speedbar.
30075 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30078 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30079 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30080 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30081 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30082 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30083 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30084 information. New compilers can be added.
30086 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30087 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30090 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30091 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30092 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30093 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30094 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30096 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30097 command:
30099 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30100 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30101 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30103 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30104 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30105 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30106 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30107 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30108 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30109 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30111 Limitations:
30112 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30113 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30114 not (yet) supported.
30115 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30116 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30117 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30120 PROJECTS:
30121 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30122 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30123 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30124 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30125 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30126 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30127 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30128 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30130 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30131 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30132 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30133 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30134 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30135 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30136 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30137 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30138 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30139 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30140 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30143 SPECIAL MENUES:
30144 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30145 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30146 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30147 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30148 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30149 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30150 current directory for VHDL source files.
30153 VHDL STANDARDS:
30154 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30155 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30158 KEYWORD CASE:
30159 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30160 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30161 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30162 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30163 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30164 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30165 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30166 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30169 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30170 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30171 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30172 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30173 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30174 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30175 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30177 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30178 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30179 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30180 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30181 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30182 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30184 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30185 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30186 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30187 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30188 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30189 visually.
30191 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30192 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30193 highlighted if written in lower case.
30195 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30196 highlighted using a different background color if option
30197 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30199 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30200 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30201 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30202 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30203 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30206 USER MODELS:
30207 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30208 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30209 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30212 HIDE/SHOW:
30213 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30214 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30215 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30216 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30217 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30220 CODE UPDATING:
30221 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30222 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30223 Limitations:
30224 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30225 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30226 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30227 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30228 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30229 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30230 (used to obtain the port names).
30233 CODE FIXING:
30234 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30235 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30238 PRINTING:
30239 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30240 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30241 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30242 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30243 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30244 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30245 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30246 printers.
30249 OPTIONS:
30250 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30251 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30252 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30253 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30254 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30256 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30257 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30258 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30259 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30260 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30261 INSTALL file).
30263 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30264 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30267 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30268 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30269 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30270 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30272 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30275 HINTS:
30276 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30277 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30279 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30281 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30283 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30286 RELEASE NOTES:
30287 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30290 Maintenance:
30291 ------------
30293 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30294 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30296 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30298 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30299 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30300 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30301 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30303 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30304 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30305 where the latest version can be found.
30308 Known problems:
30309 ---------------
30311 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30312 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30313 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30316 The VHDL Mode Authors
30317 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30319 Key bindings:
30320 -------------
30322 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30324 \(fn)" t nil)
30326 ;;;***
30328 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19259 35432))
30329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30331 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30332 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30333 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30334 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30336 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30337 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30338 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30339 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30340 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30342 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30343 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30345 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30347 * Limitations and unsupported features
30348 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30349 not supported.
30350 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30351 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30353 * Modifications
30354 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30355 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30356 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30357 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30358 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30359 for undoing a repeated change command.
30360 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30361 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30362 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30364 * Extensions
30365 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30366 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30367 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30368 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30369 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30370 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30371 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30372 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30374 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30376 \(fn)" t nil)
30378 ;;;***
30380 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30381 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30382 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30383 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19259 35432))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30386 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30387 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30389 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30391 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30392 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30393 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30394 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30396 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30398 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30399 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30401 \(fn)" t nil)
30403 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30404 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30405 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30406 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30410 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30411 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30413 \(fn)" t nil)
30415 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30416 Not documented
30418 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30420 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30421 Not documented
30423 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30425 ;;;***
30427 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30428 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30429 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30430 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30431 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19259 35432))
30432 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30434 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30435 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30436 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30438 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30440 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30441 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30442 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30443 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30445 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30447 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30448 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30450 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30452 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30453 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30454 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30455 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30456 moving around in the buffer.
30457 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30458 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30460 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30462 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30464 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30465 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30466 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30467 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30469 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30470 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30471 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30472 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30473 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30475 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30477 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30479 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30480 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30481 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30482 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30483 buffer.
30485 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30486 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30487 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30488 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30489 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30491 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30493 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30495 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30496 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30497 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30498 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30499 moving around in the buffer.
30500 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30501 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30503 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30505 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30506 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30507 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30509 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30510 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30511 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30512 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30514 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30516 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30517 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30518 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30519 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30520 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30521 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30522 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30523 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30525 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30527 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30528 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30529 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30531 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30533 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30534 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30535 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30536 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30537 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30538 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30539 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30540 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30542 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30544 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30545 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30546 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30548 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30550 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30551 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30552 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30553 turn it off.
30555 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30556 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30557 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30558 read-only.
30559 \\<view-mode-map>
30560 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30561 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30562 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30563 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30564 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30566 H, h, ? This message.
30567 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30568 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30569 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30570 > move to the end of buffer.
30571 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30572 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30573 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30574 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30575 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30576 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30577 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30578 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30579 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30580 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30581 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30582 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30583 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30584 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30585 Use this to view a changing file.
30586 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30587 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30588 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30589 . set the mark.
30590 x exchanges point and mark.
30591 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30592 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30593 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30594 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30595 ' go to position saved in character register.
30596 s do forward incremental search.
30597 r do reverse incremental search.
30598 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30599 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30600 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30601 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30602 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30603 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30604 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30605 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30606 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30607 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30608 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30609 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30610 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30611 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30612 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30613 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30614 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30616 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30617 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30618 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30619 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30620 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30621 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30622 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30623 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30624 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30626 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30630 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30631 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30632 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30633 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30634 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30635 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30636 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30637 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30638 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30640 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30642 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30643 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30644 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30645 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30646 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30647 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30648 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30650 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30651 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30652 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30653 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30654 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30655 1) nil Do nothing.
30656 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30657 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30658 frame.
30659 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30660 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30661 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30662 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30664 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30666 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30668 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30670 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30671 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30673 \(fn)" t nil)
30675 ;;;***
30677 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19259
30678 ;;;;;; 35432))
30679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30681 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30682 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30684 \(fn)" nil nil)
30686 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30687 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30689 \(fn)" t nil)
30691 ;;;***
30693 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30694 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
30695 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30697 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30698 Toggle Viper on/off.
30699 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30701 \(fn)" t nil)
30703 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30704 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30706 \(fn)" t nil)
30708 ;;;***
30710 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30711 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
30712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30714 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30715 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30716 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30717 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30718 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30719 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30720 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30721 the beginning of the warning.")
30723 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30724 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30725 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30726 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30727 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30728 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30729 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30730 also call that function before the next warning.")
30732 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30733 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30735 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30736 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30737 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30738 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30740 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30741 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30742 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30743 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30744 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30745 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30747 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30748 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30749 Default is :warning.
30751 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30752 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30753 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30754 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30755 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30756 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30758 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30759 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30760 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30762 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30764 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30765 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30767 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30769 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30770 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30771 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30772 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30774 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30775 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30776 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30777 can be whatever you like.)
30779 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30780 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30782 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30783 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30784 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30785 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30786 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30788 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30790 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30791 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30792 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30793 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30794 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30796 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30798 ;;;***
30800 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30801 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
30802 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30804 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30805 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30806 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30807 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30808 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30809 in disk.
30811 See `wdired-mode'.
30813 \(fn)" t nil)
30815 ;;;***
30817 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19259 35432))
30818 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30820 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30821 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30823 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30824 hotlist.
30826 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30827 <nwv@acm.org>.
30829 \(fn)" t nil)
30831 ;;;***
30833 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30834 ;;;;;; (19259 35432))
30835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30836 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30837 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30839 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30841 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30842 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30843 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30846 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30848 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30850 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30851 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30852 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30853 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30855 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30856 and off otherwise.
30858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30860 ;;;***
30862 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30863 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30864 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30865 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19259 35432))
30866 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30868 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30869 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30871 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30872 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30873 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30875 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30876 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30880 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30881 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30883 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30884 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30885 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30887 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30888 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30889 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30890 use `whitespace-mode'.
30892 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30896 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30897 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30898 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30901 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30903 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30905 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30906 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30908 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30909 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30910 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30912 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30913 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30917 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30918 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30919 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30922 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30924 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30926 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30927 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30929 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30930 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30931 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30933 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30934 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30935 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30936 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30938 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30942 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30943 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30945 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30946 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30948 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30949 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30951 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30953 CHAR MEANING
30954 (VIA FACES)
30955 t toggle TAB visualization
30956 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30957 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30958 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30959 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30960 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30961 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30962 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30963 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30964 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30965 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30966 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30967 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30968 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30969 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30970 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30972 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30973 T toggle TAB visualization
30974 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30975 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
30977 x restore `whitespace-style' value
30978 ? display brief help
30980 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
30981 The valid symbols are:
30983 tabs toggle TAB visualization
30984 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30985 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
30986 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30987 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30988 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
30989 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30990 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30991 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30992 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
30993 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
30994 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30995 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30996 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
30997 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30998 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31000 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31001 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31002 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31004 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31006 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31008 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31010 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31011 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31013 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31014 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31016 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31017 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31019 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31021 CHAR MEANING
31022 (VIA FACES)
31023 t toggle TAB visualization
31024 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31025 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31026 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31027 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31028 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31029 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31030 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31031 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31032 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31033 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31034 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31035 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31036 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31037 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31038 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31040 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31041 T toggle TAB visualization
31042 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31043 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31045 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31046 ? display brief help
31048 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31049 The valid symbols are:
31051 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31052 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31053 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31054 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31055 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31056 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31057 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31058 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31059 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31060 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31061 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31062 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31063 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31064 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31065 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31066 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31068 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31069 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31070 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31072 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31074 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31076 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31078 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31079 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31081 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31082 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31083 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31084 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31085 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31087 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31089 The problems cleaned up are:
31091 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31092 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31093 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31094 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31096 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31097 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31098 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31099 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31100 SPACEs.
31101 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31102 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31103 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31104 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31106 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31107 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31108 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31109 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31110 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31111 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31112 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31113 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31115 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31116 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31117 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31119 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31120 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31121 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31122 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31123 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31124 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31125 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31126 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31128 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31129 documentation.
31131 \(fn)" t nil)
31133 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31134 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31136 The problems cleaned up are:
31138 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31139 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31140 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31141 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31142 SPACEs.
31143 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31144 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31145 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31146 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31148 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31149 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31150 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31151 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31152 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31153 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31154 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31155 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31157 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31158 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31159 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31161 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31162 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31163 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31164 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31165 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31166 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31167 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31168 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31170 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31171 documentation.
31173 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31175 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31176 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31178 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31179 non-nil.
31181 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31182 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31183 `whitespace-style' to have:
31185 empty
31186 trailing
31187 indentation
31188 space-before-tab
31189 space-after-tab
31191 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31192 whitespace problems in buffer.
31194 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31196 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31197 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31198 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31199 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31200 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31201 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31202 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31204 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31205 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31206 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31207 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31208 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31209 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31210 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31212 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31213 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31214 cleaning up these problems.
31216 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31218 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31219 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31221 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31222 non-nil.
31224 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31225 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31226 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31228 empty
31229 indentation
31230 space-before-tab
31231 trailing
31232 space-after-tab
31234 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31235 whitespace problems in buffer.
31237 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31239 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31240 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31241 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31242 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31243 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31244 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31245 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31247 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31248 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31249 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31250 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31251 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31252 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31253 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31255 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31256 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31257 cleaning up these problems.
31259 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31261 ;;;***
31263 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31264 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19259 35432))
31265 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31267 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31268 Browse the widget under point.
31270 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31272 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31273 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31275 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31277 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31278 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31280 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31282 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31283 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31284 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31288 ;;;***
31290 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31291 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19259
31292 ;;;;;; 35432))
31293 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31295 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31296 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31298 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31300 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31301 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31302 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31304 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31306 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31307 Create widget of TYPE.
31308 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31310 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31312 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31313 Delete WIDGET.
31315 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31317 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31318 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31320 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31322 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31323 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31324 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31326 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31327 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31329 \(fn)" nil nil)
31331 ;;;***
31333 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31334 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19259
31335 ;;;;;; 35432))
31336 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31338 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31339 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31340 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31341 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31342 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31343 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31344 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31348 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31349 Select the window above the current one.
31350 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31351 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31352 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31353 negative ARG) of the current window.
31354 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31358 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31359 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31360 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31361 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31362 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31363 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31364 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31368 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31369 Select the window below the current one.
31370 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31371 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31372 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31373 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31374 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31378 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31379 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31380 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31381 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31383 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31385 ;;;***
31387 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31388 ;;;;;; (19259 35433))
31389 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31391 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31392 Toggle Winner mode.
31393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31394 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31396 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31398 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31399 Toggle Winner mode.
31400 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31404 ;;;***
31406 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31407 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19259 35433))
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31410 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31411 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31412 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31413 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31414 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31416 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31418 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31419 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31420 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31421 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31422 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31423 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31424 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31425 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31427 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31428 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31430 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31432 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31433 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31435 \(fn)" t nil)
31437 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31438 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31439 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31440 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31441 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31442 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31443 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31444 `woman' command for further details.
31446 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31448 ;;;***
31450 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31451 ;;;;;; (19259 35433))
31452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31454 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31455 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31457 BUGS:
31458 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31459 are not implemented
31460 - Options for search and replace
31461 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31462 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31464 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31465 Emacs-like.
31467 The key bindings are:
31469 C-a backward-word
31470 C-b fill-paragraph
31471 C-c scroll-up-line
31472 C-d forward-char
31473 C-e previous-line
31474 C-f forward-word
31475 C-g delete-char
31476 C-h backward-char
31477 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31478 C-j help-for-help
31479 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31480 C-l ws-repeat-search
31481 C-n open-line
31482 C-p quoted-insert
31483 C-r scroll-down-line
31484 C-s backward-char
31485 C-t kill-word
31486 C-u keyboard-quit
31487 C-v overwrite-mode
31488 C-w scroll-down
31489 C-x next-line
31490 C-y kill-complete-line
31491 C-z scroll-up
31493 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31494 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31495 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31496 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31497 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31498 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31499 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31500 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31501 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31502 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31503 C-k b ws-begin-block
31504 C-k c ws-copy-block
31505 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31506 C-k f find-file
31507 C-k h ws-show-markers
31508 C-k i ws-indent-block
31509 C-k k ws-end-block
31510 C-k p ws-print-block
31511 C-k q kill-emacs
31512 C-k r insert-file
31513 C-k s save-some-buffers
31514 C-k t ws-mark-word
31515 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31516 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31517 C-k v ws-move-block
31518 C-k w ws-write-block
31519 C-k x kill-emacs
31520 C-k y ws-delete-block
31522 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31523 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31524 C-o j justify-current-line
31525 C-o k kill-buffer
31526 C-o l list-buffers
31527 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31528 C-o r set-fill-column
31529 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31530 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31531 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31532 C-o wo other-window
31533 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31535 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31536 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31537 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31538 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31539 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31540 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31541 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31542 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31543 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31544 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31545 C-q a ws-query-replace
31546 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31547 C-q c end-of-buffer
31548 C-q d end-of-line
31549 C-q f ws-search
31550 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31551 C-q l ws-undo
31552 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31553 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31554 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31555 C-q w ws-last-error
31556 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31557 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31559 \(fn)" t nil)
31561 ;;;***
31563 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19259 35433))
31564 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31566 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31567 Perform an interactive search.
31568 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31569 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31570 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31571 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31573 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31574 Example:
31576 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31578 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31580 ;;;***
31582 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31583 ;;;;;; (19259 35433))
31584 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31586 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31587 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31588 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31589 Returns the top node with all its children.
31590 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31591 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31593 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31595 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31596 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31597 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31598 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31599 is not well-formed XML.
31600 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31601 and returned as the first element of the list.
31602 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31604 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31606 ;;;***
31608 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31609 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19259 35433))
31610 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31612 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31613 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31614 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31615 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31616 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31617 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31618 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31619 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31620 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31621 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31623 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31625 ;;;***
31627 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19259
31628 ;;;;;; 35433))
31629 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31631 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31632 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31633 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31636 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31638 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31640 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31641 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31642 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31643 it off.
31645 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31646 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31647 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31648 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31649 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31650 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31654 ;;;***
31656 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31657 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19259 35433))
31658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31660 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31661 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31665 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31666 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31668 \(fn)" nil nil)
31670 ;;;***
31672 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31673 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19259 35433))
31674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31676 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31677 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31679 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31681 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31682 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31684 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31686 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31687 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31688 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31690 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31692 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31693 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31695 \(fn)" t nil)
31697 ;;;***
31699 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19259 35433))
31700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31702 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31703 Zone out, completely.
31705 \(fn)" t nil)
31707 ;;;***
31709 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19260
31900 ;;;;;; 363 602071))
31902 ;;;***
31904 (provide 'loaddefs)
31905 ;; Local Variables:
31906 ;; version-control: never
31907 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31908 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31909 ;; coding: utf-8
31910 ;; End:
31911 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here